7 ORANGE UFO’S WITNESSED OVER BERLIN VERMONT

Featured

NOVEMBER 20, 2013 …….BERLIN VERMONT

On Nov 20th, 2013, I was driving home from work heading south on I-89. I had just come to the top of the big hill and was passing the Berlin exit on my right when I looked to my left and out over the city of Berlin I was what looked like up to 7 large (maybe the size of a pea if you were to hold one out in your hands at arms length) bright orange lights.

I watched for a few seconds as the light stayed stationary in an odd slightly uniform geometric shape, maybe something that would resemble the corners of say an octagon or possibly a six sided star then a few of the lights” faded out,” except three that stayed in a large triangular shape for maybe another second or two then they faded out as well.

The size of the formation was maybe the size of ones fist, i.e. if you held out your fist, it would roughly cover the array of lights.

I reached for my phone to turn on the camera and try to get a picture, but they were gone by then. The sighting lasted possibly 5-7 seconds roughly.

The skies were perfectly clear and bright with no clouds and no limit to ones visual range.

I would say that the direction I was looking in was South possibly South West.

As I continued driving, I tried to rationalize what it was, and the best I could come up with was that maybe it was a meteor burning up or something in space. However, at approximately 5:05 pm EST, I arrived at the Williamstown exit and exited right off of I-89 south and turned left towards Williamstown, VT.

I was shocked when I looked up and the lights were back in the same direction as before (roughly the same spot in the sky ). This time the lights were in a sort of crescent moon line, not a straight line with the arc opening upwards towards the sky.

I quickly turned into a driveway and hoped out with my camera, however when my camera came on the lights faded out again. This time there was 4 lights and they faded out at once, as far as I could tell, and there was a small light blinking, at roughly where they were.

I then arrived home at roughly 5:20, and it was dark at this time. I stayed outside looking for as long as I could, and noticed that there were two jets very high in the sky that were making huge circles in the sky overhead. I could literally watch them make a he circle which took up about as much or the sky as I could see from my home. They remained in the sky for as long as I stayed outside. NOTE: The above image is real but from another sighting in Spain.

NOVEMBER 20, 2013 …….BERLIN VERMONT

KEN PFEIFER WORLD UFO PHOTOS AND NEWS

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOSANDNEWS.ORG

THANKS TO ONE OF THE TOP UFO ORGANIZATIONS WITH PETER DAVENPORT HTTP://WWW.NUFORC.ORG

GOOGLE……KEN PFEIFER UFO

YOU TUBE……. KEN PFEIFER UFO

AMAZING UFO CAMERA CAPTURE BY AMATEUR ASTRONOMER

Featured

JUNE 27, 2020 …..MACKINAW CITY MICHIGAN

While I was in Northern Michigan, I set my camera on a hard surface pointing up and took a 10 second exposure of the night sky, hoping to get a nice shot of the stars. The pic on the left is what I ended up with, not so good. But blowing up the brightest star in that picture, I ended up with the pic on the right. I that is obviously not a point of light, and the camera was resting on a hard surface for the duration of the shutter being open.

KENS NOTE: Sometimes we capture UFO’s in our photos and do not know it. The above image was enlarged and because the witness had a good camera , with millions of pixels, we were able to get a very clear shot of this craft.

KEN PFEIFER WORLD UFO PHOTOS AND NEWS

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOSANDNEWS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOS.ORG

THANKS TO HTTP://WWW.MUFON.COM CASE FILES

GOOGLE …..KEN PFEIFER UFO

YOU TUBE……KEN PFEIFER UFO

STRANGE UFO WITNESSED OVER WASHINGTON AND BRITISH COLUMBIA

Featured

APRIL 28, 2008


Based on initial suspicions concerning the fireball that passed over Washington State and British Columbia at approximately 2207 hrs. (PDT) on Friday night, 28AP00, Peter Davenport decided to perform at least a cursory examination of the available data.  His hope was to be able to establish whether the event was consistent with a typical meteoritic event, at least in gross terms, or whether it might have exhibited characteristics, which are inconsistent with such an event.

Initial suspicion was aroused by the following aspects of the event:  

1)      Several of the witnesses in the Seattle area reported that the object, and the manner in which it moved across the sky, seemed unusual to them, “not like a meteor”;

2)      One of the witnesses in Aldergrove, B.C., reported that the object appeared to be “below” the cloud layer, which would be inconsistent with most meteoritic events;

3)      It was reported that the Sandia sky-camera (in Woodinville, WA) had not recorded the event, even though the camera was operating normally at the time of the event, and even though the skies at the time were “partially cloudy with large clear spots.”  Given how dramatic the event apparently was, it seemed illogical that the camera would not have recorded the event, had it been a typical meteor or bolide, i.e. at an assumed altitude measured in tens of miles.  ((In a subsequent communication, the operator of the camera indicates that the clouds to the west of the camera’s location were almost solid.  He reports, too, that a second inspection of his tape for the time period of the event, again, revealed nothing.))

4)   None of the witnesses reported a sonic boom, or any audible sound.

Because the National UFO Reporting Center (NUFORC) had been contacted by several witnesses to the event who reside in the Seattle area, Davenport felt that at least a preliminary collection of on-site, eyewitness data could be collected, and analyzed, with a minimum of effort.  Hence, on Wednesday, May 03, he contacted Mr. Robert B. Frost, a retired (40 yrs.) senior engineer (E.E.) from Boeing Military to request his assistance in an investigation.  Mr. Frost consented to participate in the investigation, and he and Davenport met on Thursday, May 04, with two witnesses, from whom they collected sighting data.

A Garmin hand-held GPS unit (Model 44) was used for latitude/longitude measurements.  A Brunton surveyor’s pocket transit (Model 5006LM), mounted on a wooden tripod (brass fittings) was used for azimuth and elevation measurements.  Both instruments provided by Mr. Frost.

Bob Frost, serving as principal investigator in the case, took the readings and read them to Davenport, who recorded them.  Mr. Frost performed calculations on the data and communicated them to Peter Davenport, who prepared a draft of this document.  The draft was submitted to Bob Frost for final proof-reading and any final amendments

SIGHTING DATA:

WITNESS #1:   Female/Homemaker; age:  mid-30’s.  Resides in Ballard area of Seattle, approximately 8 miles north of Seattle Space Needle.

The witness described the object observed as being extremely bright, generally white in color, and somewhat oval in shape, with a distinctly convex dorsal side, and generally flat ventral side.  (She drew an image for the investigators.)  She estimated its (apparent) size to be approximately a major fraction of the width of her thumbnail, held at arm’s length, and viewed with one eye closed.  She stated that the object was moving generally from her right to left, as she faced east. The object passed behind tall conifer trees to the east of her position, which apparently assisted her in estimating the object’s apparent position in the sky (both azimuth and elevation) at the time of her sighting.  The witness indicated that the sky was clear, with no clouds evident.

Witness estimated she observed the object for approximately 2 seconds.  She lost sight of the object as it passed behind trees.

Witness Lat./Long.:  North 47 deg.  41.808 min.   West 122 deg.  23.525 min.

Initial Sighting:       Azimuth:  44 deg. (true)     Elevation:  8 deg. 30 min.

Final Sighting:        Azimuth:  32 deg. (true)     Elevation:  9 deg. 20 min.

WITNESS #2:  Male; age:  early 20’s.  Resides in Northgate area of Seattle, approximately 1-2 miles northeast of Northgate Shopping Center, which is located just east of Interstate-5.  

Witness described the object as being extremely bright, generally white in color, seemingly round in shape, with perhaps a greenish tint to its fringe.  He estimated its (apparent) size as being equal to a major fraction of the width of his thumbnail, held at arm’s length, and viewed with one eye closed.  He stated that the object moved at an extremely high (angular) velocity, passing generally from his right to left, as he faced east.  As was the case with Witness #1, the object passed behind tall conifer trees to the east of Witness #2, providing him with a good reference as to the object’s apparent position (both azimuth and elevation).  Witness #2 emphasized how fast the object was moving across the sky.  He indicated that he had never seen anything move across the sky that fast.

The witness reported that the sky was clear, and no clouds were evident.  Witness estimated he observed the object for 3.5-4.5 seconds.

Witness Lat./Long.:   North 47 deg. 43.205 min.   West 122 deg. 19.021 min.  

Initial Sighting:    Azimuth: 98 deg. 30 min. (true)      Elevation:  35 deg. 40 min.

Final Sighting:     Azimuth: 14 deg. (true)                      Elevation:  13 deg. 10 min.

Note:  The difference in elevation between the two witnesses was not measured, but its is estimated to be not more than 200 feet, and therefore is insignificant.

We may take similar readings from other witnesses in attempt to corroborate the above findings.  We are hoping for more reports.

RESULTS:

1)  Based on the GPS measurements, the distance between the two witnesses was 20,329 feet.

2)  The altitude of the “fireball” was approximately 4,200 feet (AGL).  (Range:  3,000 to 5,000 feet).

3)  The object was traveling at a velocity of between 4,000 and 6,000 feet per second.

4)  Over the range of sighting by the two witnesses, the object was coursing on a heading of approximately 350-360 degrees (true).

5)  The length of the object (horizontal axis) is estimated to be in the vicinity of 70-200 feet. NOTE: The above image is CGI.

KEN PFEIFER WORLD UFO PHOTOS AND NEWS

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOSANDNEWS.ORG

THANKS TO, ONE OF THE TOP, UFO ORGANIZATION HTTP://WWW.NUFORC.ORG

GOOGLE……..KEN PFEIFER UFO

YOU TUBE…….KEN PFEIFER UFO

SILVER ALIEN CRAFT LANDS ON A FARM IN JENKINS OHIO

Featured

OCTOBER 8, 1978 ….. JENKINS MISSOURI

7 A.M. A farming family noted an unusual object in a field to the south of their house. The object was 185 feet from the house and at that distance, difficult to see.

It appeared as a white object of moderate size, but was felt to be probably a large piece of paper blown there over the previous evening. The family did not go over to inspect it at that time.

The six family members [5 adults and a teenager] stole occasional glances in its direction over the next two hours, but nothing moved.

Then, at 9 am, the farm owner left the house to do some chores. At that moment, the object rapidly rose from the ground to a height of 30 to 50 feet. Everyone else ran out of the house to watch.

It began moving slowly and silently to the west, ascended rapidly, turned twice, and gradually flew away.

The witnesses noted that a second larger and more distant object seemed also to be in the sky. These objects came into close approximation and moved off together.

The landed object was described as an oval or egg shape appearing white on the ground but more silvery, reflective once airborne. Its size was judged to be 4-5 feet in the longer dimension, and 3-4 feet in the shorter.

One area of the surface was darker in tone, and allowed the witnesses to note that it was rotating at about once per two seconds rate. The witnesses immediately called the sheriff’s department.

A deputy arrived in the afternoon and went to the landing site, took pictures, as well as soil samples. There was a noticeable trace which measured 4 1/2 feet long and 3 1/2 feet wide.

The character of the trace was described as depressed, not burnt nor dried. Soil moisture was normal. The force bearing down on the ground was not great as measured by penetrometer tests.

No radioactive heightened readings were measured either. [We owe all these tests to the field’s trace expert, Ted Phillips.]

As time went on though, there was some easily noticeable deterioration of the grass, selectively within the trace. The only slightly reasonable alternate hypothesis that Phillips and CUFOS were able to come up with, was something involving a weather balloon.

Some effort was made to check for such launches but the only known source was in the entirely wrong wind direction. The fast take-off speed is also against this theory among several other things one might mention.

One other note, when the farmer arrived at the scene he said that the grass at the site was very noticeably swirled. This case was also reported in the MUFON Journal where there were a few discrepancies.

MUFON reports the trace as a tripod of depressed spots within an area of depressed and swirled grass. At one point in the article the trace is described as “burnt” but more reading seems to indicate that “discolored” might be a better word.

“Like a spot which has been over-fertilized”.

Testing by MUFON at a college laboratory showed no unusual chemicals or volatile organics, such as solvents. It was found by MUFON that that farmer had previously recovered one of the weather balloons from the local service and knew perfectly well what they looked like.

CUFOS’ and MUFON’s reports agree on almost all details, and the trace as described by MUFON is probably the better detail. As an aside, the witnesses describe their cows and a “local” meandering coyote as merely staring at the object and not agitated in any way. NOTE: The above image is CGI.

KEN PFEIFER WORLD UFO PHOTOS AND NEWS

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOSANDNEWS.ORG

THANKS TO HTTP://WWW.UFOCASEBOOK.COM

GOOGLE…KEN PFEIFER UFO

YOU TUBE …….KEN PFEIFER UFO

ALIEN PHOTO TAKEN OVER THE TEIGN ESTUARY IN ENGLAND

Featured

JUNE 26, 2020 ….TEIGN ESTUARY DEVON ENGLAND

Hi Ken : I was taking photographs of the Teign Estuary and the surrounding area when I spotted an object that was way off in the distance. Whatever the object was it appeared to be stationery and was hovering above a field. I took a photograph and then zoomed in on the object to see what it could be. The object was black and appeared to be oval shaped. I could not discern any more detail other than that. I was looking right at it through the viewfinder of my Nikon P900 camera when it just suddenly disappeared. It was really strange the object made no movement whatsoever so I was really perplexed by how it had just vanished like that. Then to my surprise a black helicopter appeared from out of nowhere behind me and went roaring over head which really startled me as I had not heard it approaching. I quickly took some photographs and watched as the black helicopter flew towards the area where the object had been. I watched on in amazement as the black helicopter flew around circling the precise area where just a minute ago the oval shaped object had been hovering stationery. The black helicopter circled the area for about two minutes before it then flew off at speed heading towards Teignmouth. It was pretty clear to me that whoever was inside of that black helicopter must of had prior knowledge of the black oval shaped object.

They must of known it would appear at this location at that time. It was very strange. It seems that someone is still monitoring UFO activity in the U.K. Could it be the government or could it be a private organisation with ties to the U.N.?  Who knows…? The photographs were taken 12:53 PM on the 26 ‎of June ‎2020, at the Teign Estuary Devon England. All the best John.

KEN PFEIFER WORLD UFO PHOTOS AND NEW

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOSANDNEWS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.NEWDISCOVERIES51.YOLASITE.COM

THANKS TO JOHN MOONER CHIEF INVESTIGATOR FOR WORLD UFO PHOTOS. JOHN’S WEB SITE IS https://ufologist.yolasite.com/

GOOGLE…. KEN PFEIFER UFO

YOU TUBE….. KEN PFEIFER UFO

ALIEN CRAFT PHOTOS TAKEN OVER TAVERNY FRANCE

Featured

JUNE 20, 2020 ……TAVERNY FRANCE

We were chatting outside, around 9pm. The sky was still very clear and clear. It was I who spotted the first of the bright objects in the sky, as if the sunlight was reflected on their surface. We counted 4. They were all moving in the same direction, at approximately equal distance. We thought of balloons because there was no noise.

They were very high, cloud height, North direction I would say. We didn’t have a telescope so I opted for the super zoom of my Pentax. My neighbor was able to take 7 photos before the objects were too far away. When you zoom in as much as possible on the small object in the center of the photos, you can clearly see that these are not balloons. There is an elongated shape and a kind of base. We really have the impression of seeing reactors and on one of the photos, we even distinguish different colors (white, red, green) … We thought of military drones but we don’t see any fins on photos. So we ask ourselves lots of questions.

I specify that we lost the 4th object of sight. The first was ahead and the other two followed. We can say that the formation of the 3 was in a triangle. They have always followed their trajectory, no random flight. We also thought of space debris … but the objects had the same shape. The sighting ended when they were no longer within sight.

NOTE: The MUFON investigator guessed that they were balloons and closed out the case as IFO….identified flying object.

I DISAGREE WITH THOSE FINDINGS. GUESSING IS NOT INVESTIGATING...…. KEN PFEIFER

KEN PFEIFER WORLD UFO PHOTOS AND NEWS

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOSANDNEWS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.MUFON.COM CASE FILES.

OCTAGON ALIEN CRAFT ENCOUNTER OVER NORTH DAKOTA

Featured

NOVEMBER 2, 1978 …….WATFORD CITY NORTH DAKOTA

A slight departure from the pentagonal shape is the octagonal UFO. According to the Watford City, North Dakota, newspaper, local citizen Barb Ohnsrud and her son Kent saw an eight-sided UFO go over their house on November 2, 1978.

Each witness claimed the UFO was first seen as a bright light that quickly came down from the sky like lightning in a bad storm.

It passed overhead just 60 feet above ground and was moving quite slowly — only 25 mph.

The UFO was 40 feet across, with a large red light in the middle of the bottom surface; blue lights ringed the whole vehicle.

It had no tail, nose or propellers. After the UFO disappeared to the northeast, each of the witnesses made independent sketches.

The pentagonal/octagonal UFOs remain a mystery. No satisfactory explanation has been found to date.

(Editor’s Note: It is interesting to note that some reports of this event say the object was pentagonal, instead of octagonal. If you have ever worked with 3-D, or dealt with shapes, this would be an easy mistake to make.

Turning an object in any direction can give the object a different look or shape. For example, a disc-shaped object seen straight on can appear to be a cigar-shape, etc.) NOTE: The above image is CGI.

KEN PFEIFER WORLD UFO PHOTOS AND NEWS

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOSANDNEWS.ORG

THANKS TO HTTP://WWW.UFOCASEBOOK.COM

GOOGLE…KEN PFEIFER UFO

YOU TUBE ….. KEN PFEIFER UFO

CLOSE ENCOUNTER BY MULTIPLE POLICE OFFICERS IN ILLINOIS

Featured

JANUARY 5, 2000 ……HIGHLAND ILLINOIS

On Wednesday, January 05, 2000, the National UFO Reporting Center received two telephone messages (at 0316 and 0351 hrs. Pacific Standard Time) from Officer Thomas “Ed” Barton, employed by the Lebanon, IL, Police Department.  The messages apprised our Center that a UFO sighting had occurred in St. Clair County, Illinois, and in surrounding areas, at approximately 0410 hrs. (Central)  earlier that morning. 

Later the same morning, we were able to talk to Officer Barton, who reported to us the following:

At approximately 0410 hrs. (Central) on that morning, he overheard an announcement by the St. Clair (IL) Emergency Dispatch operator that a citizen had entered the Highland, IL, police station, and requested that an officer go outside and view a very peculiar object that was hovering nearby in the sky.  The citizen had witnessed the bizarre looking object on his way to work, and he apparently refused to leave the station until a police officer had viewed the object with him.

Having heard the announcement about the incident over his radio, Officer Barton looked to the southeast from his location in Lebanon, and noticed two extremely bright white lights suspended in the sky, close to the horizon. The two lights were radiating so much light that the spectacle reminded Officer Barton of the Japanese “Rising Sun” symbol, used on the Japanese battle flag.  A very short period of time later, the two large lights appeared to merge into one, and the illumination the object was radiating appeared to increase dramatically.

Officer Barton began driving south and east in attempt to approach the object.  He turned his overhead flashers on, and at times was driving at 75-80 m.p.h. toward the object, which was still generally to the southeast of his position.  After a short period of time, Officer Barton realized that the object appeared to be traveling toward him. 

He stopped his vehicle, extinguished his overhead flashers, and rolled down the window on the passenger side of his vehicle.  The object approached his location, and passed overhead at an estimated altitude of 1,000 to 1,500 feet, and within an estimated 100 feet lateral distance of his position on the ground.  It was headed generally to the west, or northwest, at this time.  The object was distinctly triangular in shape, with three white lights on the apices of the triangle, and it exhibited a “galaxy” of peculiar lights on its aft end, including white, hues of red or pink, and perhaps other colors, as well.

After passing overhead Officer Barton, the object suddenly turned to its left, without either banking or yawing apparently, it suddenly accelerated quite dramatically, and seemed to “streak” to the west, covering approximately 8 miles, the officer estimated, in approximately 3 seconds.

(Note:  Officer Barton, in multiple telephone conversations with our organization, and during at least one radio broadcast, has emphasized how almost unbelievably quickly the object accelerated and moved a considerable distance to the southwest in just a few seconds.  Its velocity was almost unimaginable, he reports.  This is one aspect of the case that strongly suggest to us that the object almost certainly was not of human manufacture.)

He radioed St. Clair County Emergency Dispatch, apprising them that he had the object in sight, and advising them as to the direction it had moved, generally to the southwest.  He recommended that dispatch contact units to the south and west of his position, e.g. Shiloh, Millstadt and Dupo, to have the officers there attempt to spot the object from their vantage points

Apparently at least one officer from Shiloh, IL, witnessed the object next, and two other officers, who have not come forward and who apparently do not wish to be identified, witnessed the object while they were standing in the cemetery of their town, as well.

An officer from the Millstadt Police Department, Officer Craig Stevens, with whom NUFORC also spoke, overheard the broadcast, and moved his cruiser to a dark part of that town to see if he could spot the object in the night sky.  He quickly spotted the object to the west of his location, at approximately 45 degrees above the horizontal plane, and gauged its size as “huge.”  He estimated that it was “one or two stories” tall, and perhaps three stories long.”  It had several very bright lights on it.

St. Clair Dispatch requested that someone, if possible, attempt to get a photograph of the object.  In response to that request, Officer Stevens removed polaroid-type camera stored in the trunk of his cruiser and quickly photographed the object.  Because the outside temperature was low, approximately 18-20 degrees (F), neither the camera, nor the film functioned well, so the resolution of the photograph is not good.

After Officer Stevens had taken the photograph, the object appeared to move further to the west, moving toward Dupo, IL, Cahokia, IL, and St. Louis, MO.  A Dupo police officer may have witnessed the object at that time.

In the final analysis, the police departments and communities involved in the incident include the following:  Highland, Summerfield, Lebanon, Shiloh, Mascoutah, Millstadt, Dupo, and Cahokia, Illinois.  The object was observed by officers from at least the following communities (in chronological sequence):  Lebanon, Shiloh, (Other?), Millstadt, Dupo, and Cahokia (?).

Notes and Addenda:

1)      Scott Air Force Base:  At one point during the sighting, we estimate, the object was within 2-3 statute miles of Scott Air Force Base.  However, an official spokesman for that base reportedly made an official statement to the effect that A) their tower was closed for approximately one hour during the time of the sighting; B) their base radar had been turned off for unspecified reasons during the same hour; and 3) none of their personnel was aware of the sighting, and none had seen the object.

2)      NUFORC has received several unconfirmed reports that shortly after the incident, several of the police departments involved in the sighting, and several of the actual eyewitnesses to the incident, received visits from two, or more, individuals, who are active employees from the federal government.  They requested that the parties involved in the incident curtail all their statements to the press.  We are unable to confirm these reports at the time this Summary Statement is being prepared.

3)      Alleged intercept by military aircraft:  NUFORC has an unconfirmed report from a highly reliable source that jet fighters from a nearby Air National Guard unit may have been “scrambled” to take a look at the object.  The nearest ANG unit we are aware of is the Missouri Air National Guard, which flies F-15’s out of Lambert Field/St. Louis Airport.  We have a second hand report that personnel at the airport witnessed a take-off of F-15’s at approximately 0420 hrs. that morning.  We have a second report from an individual who remembers having been awakened at approximately the time of the sighting by the sound of military jets taking off from Lambert Field.

4)      Other witnesses:  NUFORC has received a report from a woman who was driving to work that morning and allegedly witnessed the object.  We are awaiting her written report.  Other witnessed have asserted that they may have seen the object earlier to the north, near Lake Michigan.  We have received no written reports of such sightings.  We also have an unconfirmed report that the object was video taped during the early part of the sighting.  This fact, too, is yet to be confirmed.

5)      Media coverage:  The incident has gained wide coverage in the print and electronic media, including the Art Bell radio talk show (“Coast to Coast”); the Jeff Rense talk show (“Sightings”); German public radio; many other radio programs across the country; The St. Louis Post-Dispatch newspaper; Knight-Ridder publications; the Los Angeles Times; the Chicago Sun-Times; other publications that subscribe to, or carry releases from, the above media outlets.

6)      Investigations:  The incident continues to be investigated by members of the Mutual UFO Network (Illinois and Missouri chapter), by the National Institute for Discovery Science (Please see link to their website), Mrs. Barbara Becker of Columbia, MO, and perhaps by other independent individuals and organizations. NOTE: The above image is CGI.

KEN PFEIFER WORLD UFO PHOTOS AND NEWS

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOSANDNEWS.ORG

THANKS TO ON OF THE BEST UFO ORGANIZATIONS IN THE WORLD>> HTTP://WWW.NUFORC.ORG

MULTIPLE SIGHTINGS OVER WASHINGTON STATE ON APRIL 22, 1998.

Featured

APRIL 22, 1998 ….WASHINGTON STATE

Synopsis:  From between approximately 2120 hrs. and  2130 hrs. (Pacific Daylight Time), one or more objects, variously described as a blue-green sphere, an oval of blue-green light, or a disc with six lights on it, was reported from multiple points throughout western Washington State.  The object was reported to change direction of flight on at least three occasions, to execute a rolling maneuver on at least one occasion, to come to an almost complete stop in two locations, to reverse its general course of travel from south to north, and to change its appearance, including its color, on at least two occasions.  One reliable observer witnessed the object to pass slowly over the center of Bangor Submarine Base on Hood Canal, approximately 20-30 miles to the west of Seattle, passing directly over the underground bunkers where nuclear weapons are thought to be stored.  In excess of a dozen seemingly independent and reliable reports regarding the alleged sightings were received by the National UFO Reporting Center between April 22 and May 11.

Summary of Witness Reports:

1. Snohomish County, WA:  A 16-yr. old male and his mother, located approximately 15-20 miles north of Seattle, witnessed a blue-green object suddenly descend from the sky, hover, and then accelerate to the south-southwest and disappear in that direction at approximately 2120 hrs. (PDT).

2. Poulsbo, WA:  Larry Swanson, a former federal employee and computer specialist, who resides approximately ¼ mile from the northeast corner of the Bangor Submarine Base, allegedly witnessed a brightly lighted, disc-shaped object glide silently over the center of that military facility at approximately 2122 hrs..  The object tilted somewhat, so the witness was able to see the ventral side of the object quite clearly, he reports.  A computer-generated graphic, provided by the witness, is shown above.

3. Auburn, WA:  A man out walking his dog witnessed a perfectly circular, blue-green ball of light descend from north to south in the western sky at 2120 hrs. at a very high velocity.

4. Puyallup, WA:  A man driving to work witnessed a striking blue-green ball of light descending at a 30-35 degree angle from north to south in the western sky at a very high velocity.

5. Shelton, WA:  A young father witnessed a blue-green ball of light streak across the sky to the west of his location.

6. Oakville, WA:  A mother and her two sons, driving west on State Route 12, located to the west of Interstate 5, witnessed a “disc shaped” object, imbedded in a cloud of blue-green light, streak from north to south in the western sky.  The object appeared to “follow the contour” of the horizon, dipping down suddenly, and then rising up again during its rapid flight to the south.  The object was reported to generate a peculiar “tail,” which streamed off the aft end of the object for a fleeting instant.  All three witnesses believed they observed three lights on the top of the disc, and three lights on its ventral side, as well.

7. Steilacoom, WA:  A woman witnessed a blue-green ball of light streak from north to south in the western sky at 2123 hrs..

8. Vancouver, WA:  A husband and wife witnessed a blue-green ball of light move slowly from north to south in the western sky.  Very peculiar appearance to the object, they reported, with a peculiar looking “mist” surrounding the object.

9. Portland, OR:  A young musician witnessed a blue-green ball of light move from west to east in the northern sky from his vantage point in the city of Portland, OR.

10. Vancouver, WA:  A male Ph.D. in computer science, driving north on Interstate 5 witnessed a blue-green ball of light, that seemed to him to descend vertically ahead of his automobile and hover momentarily above the highway.  The witness added that he had experienced some very unusual emotional reactions to the event.

11. Yakima, WA:  A law enforcement officer witnessed a blue-green ball of light moving at a very high velocity from south to north for approximately 2 seconds.  During his sighting, the object suddenly changed its color from green to red. The sighting occurred at 2130 hrs., the witness thought. NOTE: The above image is real but from a Santa Cruz California case file.

KEN PFEIFER WORLD UFO PHOTOS AND NEWS

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOSANDNEWS.ORG

THANKS TO HTTP://WWW.NUFORC.ORG

TWO COMMERCIAL FLIGHTS CLOSE ENCOUNTER OFF LONG ISLAND NEW YORK

Featured

National UFO Reporting Center Case Brief
off Long Island, NY
November 17, 1995

TEXT OF RADIO COMMUNICATIONS BETWEEN FAA AND TWO COMMERCIAL AIRCRAFT IN THE VICINTY OF LONG ISLAND, NEW YORK, ON NOVEMBER 17, 1995, at 2220 hrs. (EST).

LUFT: Uh, Boston, Lufthansa 405/Heavy.

FAA: Lufthansa 405, go ahead.

LUFT: Uh, we just passed traffic on the left wing, uh, about 2,000 to 3,000 feet above us. What traffic was it?

FAA Is this Lufthansa 405?

LUFT: Affirmative, Lufthansa 405. We had opposite traffic on the left wing. Can you confirm this?

FAA: Lufthansa 405, negative. I show no traffic in your area within, uh, 20 or 30 miles.

LUFT: It should be now on our tail, about 10 miles… We passed it just one minute ago, and it was looking strange.

BRIT: Speed Bird 226 confirms that. It was just above us on our left-hand side about 3 minutes ago.

FAA What altitude does it appear to be at, Lufthansa 405?

LUFT: It was only 2 or 3 thousand feet above us. We are now passing (Flight) Level 260. That’s confirmed, or not? Lufthansa.

FAA: Lufthansa 405, roger.

BRIT: Speed Bird 226, we confirm that. We had something go past us about two, well…about one to two thousand feet above on the left hand side. Uh, looked like a green trail on it, and a very bright light on the front of it. We assumed it was an opposite traffic.

FAA: Speed Bird 226, roger that.

LUFT: ((Garbled))..Lufthansa 405/Heavy. we are right now about 26 miles east of “Hotel Tango Oscar ((Hampton??)).” And the Speed Bird is now ahead, or behind us ((or where))?

FAA: Lufthansa 405, the Speed Bird is in your 12:00 o’clock, and about 30 miles, 40 miles.

LUFT: That was not our traffic. Lufthansa 405 Heavy.

FAA: Lufthansa 405, roger. And the heading of the traffic, was it the same direction, or opposite direction?

LUFT: Exactly opposite. Lufthansa 405/Heavy.

FAA: Roger. Did it pass off your right side?

LUFT: Uh, left side.

FAA: Roger.

BRIT: Yea, Speed Bird 226 confirms that. We saw the same thing. It certainly looked like an aircraft initially, but it may not have been one.

LUFT: ((We can’t tell then??)) It was looking very strange, with a long, uh, light, in the tail.

BRIT: Yea, a big bright white light on the front, and a greenish tail coming out the back.

LUFT: Can you confirm this, Lufthansa 405/Heavy.

FAA: OK, Lufthansa 405, Speed Bird 226. Thanks, we’ll look into it.

??? ((Garbled transmissions))

FAA: Speed Bird 226, did it go over…did it go overhead. The traffic go overhead you, or was it below you?

BRIT: It was overhead and off to the left, much the same as ((garbled)). It actually looked about…opposite traffic, 2000 feet above. That’s what it initially looked like. But then it did have a very strong trail to it…a vapor trail, which looked more like smoke. And the light on the front was very, very bright, and as it went past us, it seemed to ((just?)) disappear and ((went)) 5 miles behind us.

FAA: Speed Bird, 226, roger. Were you level at 29 at that time?

BRIT: Yea, affirmative.

FAA: Roger. Lufthansa 405, how far off to your side did that pass, the traffic pass?

LUFT: It was pretty close, and like Speed Bird said, it looked like ((four??)) or three thousand feet above on the left wing, just one mile and, uh, on opposite track… It doesn’t have, …it didn’t have any uh, lights…((normal)) lights, beacon lights, or red or green lights. Only a white light in the front, and with a long green light. It looked like a U-F-O.

FAA: Lufthansa 405, roger that. Like I said, we had nothing flying in the area. You are just north of a military operating area, but the traffic shouldn’t have varied out that far out,…out of the area.

LUFT: Must have been a military. Lufthansa 405/Heavy.

FAA: Roger. Giant Killer, ((garbled)) 59.

GK: Giant Killer.

FAA: Hey, you got anything flying out in the area?

GK: Negative, ((105 is??)) turned over. 0300.

FAA: Well, I just received a couple of UFO reports.

GK: Oh, is that right?

FAA? Yea, I had a couple of guys that reported lights, just moved all over their heads. I have no traffic whatsoever in the area. They said it passed within a mile of them, like at 2-3 thousand feet above them, opposite direction. ((Garbled)) green trail out the back.

GK: It could have been a meteor, or something.

FAA: ((Garbled–Yea, it could have been that…..it passed within a mile of them.))

GK: Who reported that?

FAA: Well, I got Speed Bird and Lufthansa.

GK: No, we don’t have any aircraft out there.

FAA: OK. NOTE: The above image is real but from another case in Florida.

KEN PFEIFER WORLD UFO PHOTO AND NEWS

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOSANDNEWS.ORG

THANKS TO HTTP://WWW.NUFORC.ORG

GOOGLE .…..KEN PFEIFER UFO

GOOGLE…..KEN PFEIFER YOUTUBE

POSSIBLE ALIEN CRAFT LANDING IN ALASKA

Featured

National UFO Reporting Center Case Brief
Southern Alaska
March 28, l995

This case is so complex and interesting, it warrants having a full newsletter devoted to describe it completely. However, since the person who reported the incident occupies a responsible position, and therefore doesn’t want to be identified, I just touch on it here…

In the early morning hours of Tuesday, March 28, a person departed work to drive home, a distance of approximately 15 miles. The observer was suddenly jolted to full alertness when a “clump of “fog” flew across the road in front of the car the observer was driving. To condense a very long and detailed report, that “clump of fog” orbited around the car six times, stopping just above and ahead of the car’s front, right fender after its sixth (presumed) orbit. This was only a prelude to subsequent events, during which the observer vaguely recalls perhaps witnessing two craft sitting on the ground beside the road the person was driving on.

In strong support of this call from Alaska, the Center has received two articles from newspapers in Florence, OR, and San Francisco, CA, describing sightings on the same night as the alleged sighting in Alaska. The object sighted in Florence, OR, was reported to hover over that coastal town for 10 minutes. The objects in California were reported to be “meteorites” streaking horizontally (!) to the south over the ocean off San Luis Obispo. NOTE: The above image is CGI.

KEN PFEIFR WORLD UFO PHOTOS AND NEWS

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOSANDNEWS.ORG

THANKS TO HTTP://WWW.NUFORC.ORG

GOOGLE .…. KEN PFEIFER UFO

U-TUBE…… KEN PFEIFER UFO

March 15, 1995…MANY UFO REPORTS ACROSS THE U.S.A.

Featured

National UFO Reporting Center Case Brief
Ides of March Sightings
March 15, 1995

Traditionally, the Center identifies a given sighting by assigning to it the name of the nearest city, or other geographical feature or landmark. It the case of the cluster of sighting reports we received over the Hotline on the evening of March 15, l995, so many states and cities were involved, we are going to borrow a line from Shakespeare regarding the possible perils of that date…

The first call we received was from Cannis City, FL, reporting that two males were walking along railroad tracks near that town and were stunned to see a luminous, white disc-shaped object streak across the sky, pass below or near several aircraft in the night sky, appear to ascend back up into the sky, and disappear to the north. The report seemed to be sincere, and bore several of the hallmarks that the Center knows to be characteristic of legitimate reports. However, it was so much like so many other reports the Hotline receives on a regular basis that we were not yet alerted to the possibility that other reports were soon to follow…

The third call we received minutes later from a gentleman in Jackson, TN, who reported witnessing a blue-green “cloud of light” hovering in the night sky. He had seen it streak from the northwest beneath, he thought, almost solid overcast, hover for approximately 30 or 40 seconds, during which time he could almost see some kind of object apparently imbedded in the cloud of light. The object then began to drift generally to the southwest, the caller reported, at which time it belched out a large “cloud” of sparks, and then streaked southwest, quickly disappearing from sight.

Minutes later, we received a call from a sergeant in the Missouri Highway Patrol communications headquarters in Jefferson City (“Troop F”). The officer had been on duty that night at his station on the east side of Jefferson City, when together with two Jefferson City police officers, he witnessed an intensely bright, green light hover in the sky over Jefferson City for approximately 5-7 seconds. The object began to descend slowly, at which point its color changed to yellow, and then it simply disappeared from sight instantly, like a light being switched off. The patrol officer reported that their “911” emergency dispatch telephone line had taken many reports from citizens regarding the same object, and one caller reported that his cellular phone and radio went dead while the object was near his vehicle.

While I was speaking with the patrol officer, another call came in from a retired commercial airline pilot, who resides in Vienna, VA. He and his wife were driving back to their home in Vienna, just a few miles west of Washington, D.C., after having picked up their daughter at National Airport. Their daughter is an airline pilot for the same airline that her father had flown for, and from which he had retired.

As they were driving west (at a heading of approximately 250 degrees magnetic) on Westford Avenue (?), approaching the exit for Chain Bridge Road, the father and daughter both simultaneously observed an bright object, apparently at some distance from them, streak down out of the sky almost directly ahead of them, descending at approximately 70-80 degrees from the horizontal plane. They both expected to observe some kind of explosion when the object reached ground level, but nothing happened! Rather than explode, the object simply disappeared from sight–uneventfully– when it reached the horizon…

The next call came from Fairmont, WV, perhaps a hundred miles (or more) to the northwest of Vienna, VA. A young woman called to report that, after visiting with her mother in Westover, WV, she had just sat in the driver’s seat of her car to leave, when a bright light had streaked silently over her car at a breath-taking velocity. She added that as she glanced up at the light, she thought she could make out the outline of an “egg-shaped” object imbedded in the orb of bright light. The back portion of the object was bright yellow.

Many other calls were received that night, and over subsequent days, regarding what appears to us to be the same sighting. Thousands (!) of calls reportedly were received by radio stations and “911” facilities in St. Louis, MO, after the object passed over that city, and we received two very convincing call from western Illinois, as well.

In summary, it appears that one or more egg-shaped objects, radiating intensely bright green, blue-green, and yellow light, and periodically spewing out a cloud of sparks, streaked over at least seven states, stopping from time to time, and the whole event occurred in a matter of minutes!!

I would like to close discussion of the case by extending congratulations to Mr. Tom Eckhardt, and the other UFO investigators, of the Acteon Group in St. Louis for their excellent investigation of this case. From our vantage point, their investigation and documentation of the events that occurred over their state on March 15 was second to none, and we are grateful for their wonderful written report regarding the incident. NOTE: The above image is CGI.

KEN PFEIFER WORLD UFO PHOTOS AND NEWS

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOSANDNEWS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOS.ORG

THANKS TO HTTP://WWW.NUFORC.ORG

GOOGLE .….. KEN PFEIFER UFO

POSSIBLE ALIEN CRAFT LANDING IN McMINNVILLE TENNESSEE

Featured

JANUARY 7, 1995 ……McMINNVILLE TENNESSEE

Many of the subscribers to the newsletter already have received the informational packet which contains the eight-page fax message from the Tennessee Emergency Management Agency (TEMA) regarding the peculiar and dramatic UFO sighting, flash, and explosion that occurred over McMinnville, TN, at 7:30 p.m. (local) on Saturday night, January 7, 1995.

For those of our readers who may not have read the original fax the Center received from TEMA shortly after the incident, a brief summary is as follows: In the vicinity of Shellsford and Irving College, TN, both on the outskirts of McMinnville in Warren County, TN, many citizens reported to the local “911” emergency switchboard that they had witnessed strange lights – red, green, and blue – below the thin overcast, which descended slowly and almost vertically to earth. The red light visible was the largest, with at least two smaller green lights above it. They were reported by many witnesses to be like “roman candles” (a type of 4th of July firework). Some of the witnesses who called the Warren Co. “911” switchboard described the objects as “huge,” and although different witnesses described the lights slightly differently from one another, they all agreed that multiple, brightly lighted, bizarre-looking objects were descending slowly toward the ground. Some reported that one or both of the two green “clusters” of lights “exploded into fragments.” Then, after the colored lights descended low enough to disappear from all observers’ line of sight, an intense white flash occurred which was bright enough to be blinding. At least one person stated that he had heard the explosion concommitant to the flash.

The fax then goes on to state that at least one individual who had seen the flash from the explosion rushed to the local airport and took off in a private aircraft in attempt to assess from the air the damage he assumed would have been caused by an explosion of that magnitude. Remarkably, he observed nothing noteworthy – no fires, or other damage – and returned to the airport after several minutes of searching the area. NOTE: The above image is real but from another sighting.

KEN PFEIFER WORLD UFO PHOTOS AND NEWS

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOSANDNEWS.ORG

THANKS TO HTTP://WWW.NUFORC.ORG

GOOGLE……. KEN PFEIFER UFO

MOTHER AND SIX CHILDRENS CLOSE ENCOUNTER IN WASHINGTON STATE

Featured

DECEMBER 29,1994 …..LA CROSSE WASHINGTON

At approximately 2145 hours on Thursday night, December 29, 1994, a mother (with her six children) was driving north on the Zaring Cut-Off Road in southeastern Washington State, just 5 miles north of the Snake River. Several of her children suddenly started shouting, and called the mother’s attention to three extraordinarily bright lights above a recently harvested wheat field off to the right (east) side of the road. At first they thought the lights were the landing lights of an airliner at low altitude, perhaps making a forced landing in the field, and flying directly toward them. Then one of the older children suggested the lights were the headlights on a “semi” (an 18-wheel truck), but they almost immediately realized that description didn’t fit, either.

Suddenly, the family began to see the objects that were attached to the three lights, and they were awed by the vision! They saw three coal black, delta-shaped craft, with articulating structures on their noses, from which the blinding lights were radiating. They appeared to be scanning the ground ahead of them. The objects, apparently locked in tight, unwavering formation, slowly drifted across the road (and car) at very low speed, slowly turned left (south) and proceeded south parallel to the road the family was on.

The mother submitted an excellent 3-page report, together with a drawing of one of the crafts she reportedly witnessed that night. In addition, she submitted a detailed drawing of the area and the approximate flight path of the objects.

Drawing of La Crosse, Washington ship provided by witness

The mother reported that the objects were right above their car, they gave off a barely perceptible humming sound (“…like an electric refrigerator…”), and they were close enough that a “person with a good throwing arm could have hit them with a rock.” When I talked with her on January 01, 1995, (Our first call of the year), she was still seemingly upset by the experience. She volunteered that she was frightened to either drive, or even go outside, after dark, which is not uncommon among people who have had recent UFO experiences.

(Note: Ships of quite similar shape have been reported to the Center from all over the country)

KEN PFEIFER WORLD UFO PHOTOS AND NEWS

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOSANDNEWS.ORG

THANKS TO PETER DAVENPORT AND HTTP://WWW.NUFORC.ORG

ALIEN CRAFT PHOTOS FROM A NEW ZEALAND PILOT

Featured

DECEMBER 30, 1978 ….KAIKOURA NEW ZEALAND

In the late hours of 30th December 1978, an Argosy freight plane left Wellington, New Zealand – the pilot was Captain Bill Startup, a very experienced flyer and the co-pilot was Bob Guard. The air crew were accompanied by an Australian T.V. unit from Channel 0-10 Network.

The purpose of the flight was to try to capture a UFO on film – for some weeks UFOs had been sighted over Cook Strait.

When the aircraft was flying over the Pacific Ocean, to the northeast of South Island, the pilots observed a strange object in the sky; they endeavoured to verify their sighting with radar confirmation at Wellington air traffic control.

Quentin Fogarty, T.V. reporter, stated that he saw a row of five bright lights which were pulsating and grew from the size of a pinpoint to that of a large balloon. The whole sequence was then repeated, the lights now appearing over the town of Kaikoura, between the aircraft and the ground.

At this stage, David Crockett, cameraman, was wearing the headphones and was warned by Wellington control that an unknown object was following the Argosy – the pilot immediately turned the plane 360 degrees in order to ascertain what had been behind them. The people aboard the aircraft saw nothing but yet once more Wellington control warned them:

“Sierra Alpha Eagle, you have a target in formation with you… target has increased in size.” At this, the crew and passengers saw lights outside of the aircraft but were unable to film them because of interference by the plane’s navigation lights.

When the navigation lights were turned off, however, everyone aboard the aircraft saw a big, bright light which Crockett was able to capture on his “hand-held” camera.

In order to do this Crockett had to exchange seats with Bob Guard, causing the resultant filming to suffer from the effects of camera shake.

However, he managed to obtain 30 seconds of decent footage.

Startup then turned the plane completely around once more and the object was not visible but Wellington control maintained that its echo was still evident on radar. As the Argosy approached Christchurch, the fuel gauge went haywire but apparently this was not necessarily something unusual and they tuned in on the UFO off Banks Peninsular.

Wellington control now had the object on radar while the aircraft landed at Christchurch.

At 2-15 a.m. 31st December, the aircraft set off on a return flight and very quickly two strange objects came into view. Crockett observed one of the objects through his camera and described a spinning sphere with lateral lines around it and one of the objects appeared on the aircraft’s radar for four minutes.

As the aircraft approached the end of its flight, two pulsating lights were observed – one suddenly falling for about 1,000 feet before eventually stopping in a series of jerky movements.

The presence of this object was confirmed by Wellington air traffic control.

The resultant film taken during these two flights was shown all over the world – the BBC giving it priority on the main evening news programme.

Despite the fact that the filmed events were also evident on ground based radar, sceptics were driven to extreme and strange lengths to explain the filmed evidence, including the lights from shrimp boats, top secret U.S. remote controlled planes etc.

It should be noted that the Royal New Zealand Air Force was so concerned about the event that Skyhawk jet fighters had been put on full alert in order to intercept the UFOs.

Following the broadcasting of the film by the B.B.C. and the subsequent investigation, the Daily Telegraph (U.K. newspaper – noted for businesslike and scientific observations) remarked:

“The scientist who suggested that all (on the aircraft) were seeing Venus on a particularly bright night can be safely consigned to Bedlam (insane asylum)!

KEN PFEIFER WORLD UFO PHOTOS AND NEWS

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOSANDNEWS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.UFOCASEBOOK.COM

GOOGLE..………. KEN PFEIFER UFO

HUSBAND AND WIFE’S UFO CLOSE ENCOUNTER IN CALIFORNIA

Featured

SUMMER OF 1979 …..SANTA CLARITY VALLEY CALIFORNIA

Size of Object(s): 75-100 feet in diameter Distance to Object(s) & Altitude: 50-75 feet

Shape of Object(s): disk

Color of Object(s): silver/white metallic

It was one warm summer Friday around 10:00 PM in the evening in California’s Santa Clarita Valley. I was brushing the swimming pool with a long pole and attached brush so that the kids could swim the following day. The pole requires you reach up to push down. I was standing on a high platform next to and overlooking the pool and about 4 feet over the rest of the pool area. As I reached to upper end of pole, I saw a craft approaching the house from about 1-2 blocks away and from the West and heading South East.

I knew right away that it was not a helicopter or plane. It seemed flatter and wider and with lights in a circumference of the main frontal area. I ran towards the house and called my family to see it. Only my wife came out. By that time it was directly over our house and pool.

It was approximately 75-100 feet above us. We stood along side of the pool deck. It made no sound whatsoever, and it was at a complete stopped over us for about 40 seconds. The only motion was a slight wobble and when it moved and tilted downwards at an angle. I took this as some form of acknowledgment. During the entire time, we were frozen in disbelief. It is a strange sensation knowing that what you are seeing is not supposed and very foreign. It was like seeing a Greyhound Bus floating over your house!

The craft was about 75-100 feet in diameter. It had small porthole and lights around it in the upper dome section, it was solid, metallic and shiny. There was a dome in the upper section attached to the body with no visible separation, as if it were molded as one solid craft. The under section was concave towards the center and had two rectangular shapes along side each other and the length of the concave under-section.

The rectangular shapes were about 7-10 feet in width and as along as the craft’s concave underside center. I also noticed ski like devices on the front and on each side of the front leading edge window.

What caught my attention was that the devices were not in the center or the “center of gravity” for the craft’s length and design but very forward. The skis were S shaped with the top of the S facing forward but a design I could not replicate.

Upon the craft leaning in a downward motion we could see a window or cockpit like glass that was situated in the underside, it was on the front lower edge of the round craft. The rectangular window was approximately 4 feet in height and possibly 12-15 feet in length. There was a glow of soft orange and blue lights from the inside but we could not see anyone or any controls.

It remained at a forward and downward angle for about 10 seconds. We both had the sensation of being watched. As it was angled, I noticed that light was emanating from the upper section that was not facing the swimming pool lights. Thus, it seemed to generate light through skin of the craft as the lights that first attracted me faced forward and were much lower than the upper section of the craft.

My wife and I did not say anything to each other during the experience but she kept saying “oh my God” over and over again. The craft then left slowly at 30-40 MPH. I jumped on a wall around our property to continue seeing for at least 7-miles. I instructed my wife not to discuss it, to draw what she saw and then we would compare drawings.

They matched, although mine had more detail and accuracy.

My background include Group Propulsion Systems and later as an executive with several major computer companies. What we saw was close, real, solid, and a beautiful designed craft. I know from my aeronautical engineering background that mankind has no such technology

Eyewitness-ED TOWERS. Witness Background … Certified in Group Propulsion Systems, Studied Aeronautical engineering, degree in business management. Executive in computer companies, cofounder of international management consulting company serving large European companies, real estate investor. Retired. NOTE: The above image is CGI.

KEN PFEIFER WORLD UFO PHOTOS AND NEWS

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOSANDNEWS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.UFOCASEBOOK.COM

DEPUTY SHERIFF’S POSSIBLE ALIEN ABDUCTION IN MINNESOTA

Featured

AUGUST 27, 1979 ….MARSHALL COUNTY MINNESOTA

August 27, 1979-Deputy Sheriff Val Johnson of Marshall County was on duty that night, driving not far from the North Dakota border, when at around 1:40 a.m. he saw a light through his side window. It was obviously not on a road and looked too glaring to be a car headlight.

He first thought it might be a small plane on or very near the ground. He turned left on another road to try to get closer to the light to identify it. Suddenly, the light moved toward him, travelling so fast that it almost instantaneously was upon his car (covering an estimated mile and a half).

Johnson was blinded by the brilliance of the light and heard glass breaking, then lost consciousness.

When he returned to consciousness, the car was stalled and had skidded across the highway. He felt sluggish and shaky. He radioed headquarters, at 2:19 a.m., to request assistance. Soon another deputy arrived, who called an ambulance.

The doctor who examined Johnson found him to be in a mild state of shock.

His eyes were irritated as if Johnson had suffered “mild welder’s burns,” and Johnson couldn’t stand to be exposed to any bright lights.

The patrol car had very peculiar damage. The inside headlight on the driver’s side was smashed but not the one to its immediate left. There was a flat-bottomed circular dent on the left side of the front hood, about a half inch in diameter, close to the windshield.

There was a crack in the windshield on the driver’s side, that ran from top to bottom, with four apparent impacts. The electric clock was running 14 minutes slow, as was Johnson’s wristwatch.

The shaft of the roof antenna was bent over at a 60-degree angle, starting about 6 inches above its base.

The trunk antenna was bent over at 90 degrees, but only near the top. No damage occurred to the car’s regular antenna on the front hood. Essentially, all the damage to the car occurred on the left, or driver’s side.

Investigations occurred immediately, both by the sheriff’s department and by investigators from the Center for UFO Studies. The police determined that Johnson’s car traveled about 950 feet after the first damage occurred.

No cause could be found for the event, including collision with another vehicle or a low-flying plane, a hoax on the part of Johnson, or anything else. In addition, experts from Ford Motors (the vehicle was a 1977 Ford LTD) and a team of engineers from Honeywell examined various portions of the damage.

A windshield expert, Meridan French, from Ford, noted after examining the windshield fractures that “Even after several days of reflection on the crack patterns and apparent sequence of fractures, I still have no explanation for what seem to be inward and outward forces acting almost simultaneously. I can only [conclude]… that all cracks were from mechanical forces of unknown origin.”

No cause could be found for the clock running slow, the peculiar antenna damage, or other physical traces.

Fortunately, Johnson’s eyes healed quickly, and he suffered no lasting effect from the close encounter.

Val Johnson’s own words…

“This is Deputy Sheriff Val Johnson… I report in connection with an incident which happened August 27th, 1979, at approximately 1:40 a.m., western section of Marshall County, approximately ten miles west of Stephen, Minnesota. This officer was on routine patrol, westbound down Marshall County Road #5.

I got to the intersection of #5 and Minnesota State #220. When I looked down south #220 to check for traffic, I noticed a very bright, brilliant light, 8 to 12 inches in diameter, 3 to 4 feet off the ground.

The edges were very defined. I thought perhaps at first that it could be an aircraft in trouble, as it appeared to be a landing light from an aircraft. “

“I proceeded south on #220. I proceeded about a mile and three tenths or a mile and four tenths when the light intercepted my vehicle causing damage to a headlight, putting a dent in the hood, breaking the windshield and bending antennas on top of the vehicle.

At this point. at the interception of the light, I was rendered either unconscious, neutralized or unknowing for a period of approximately 39 minutes.

From the point of intersection, my Police vehicle proceeded south in a straight line 854 feet, at which point the brakes were engaged by forces unknown to myself, as I do not remember doing this, and I left about approximately 99 feet of black marks on the highway before coming to rest sideways in the road with the grille of my hood facing in an easterly direction. At 2:19 a.m., I radioed a 10-88 (Officer Needs Assistance) to my dispatcher in Warren.”

“He dispatched an officer from Stephen who came out, ascertained the situation as best he could, called for the Stephen Ambulance to transport me to Warren Hospital for further tests, x-rays and observation.

At the time the officer arrived, I complained about having very sore eyes. At Warren Hospital, it was diagnosed that I had a mild case of welder’s burns to my eyes.

My eyes were treated with some salve and adhesive bandages put over and instructed to keep them on for the remainder of the day, or approximately 24 hours. At 11:00 a.m., Sheriff Dennis Breckie, my employer, picked me up at my residence in Oslo, and transported me to an ophthalmologist in Grand Forks, North Dakota.”

” He examined my eyes and said I had some irritation to the inner portions of the eye which could have been caused by seeing a bright light after dark. That is all I have to add except to say that my timepiece in the Police vehicle and my mechanical wrist watch were both lacking 14 minutes of time to the minute.” NOTE: The above image is real but from a New York State trail camera.

KEN PFEIFER WORLD UFO PHOTOS AND NEWS

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOSANDNEWS.ORG

THANKS TO BILLY BOOTH AND HTTP://WWW.UFOCASEBOOK.COM

GOOGLE .… KEN PFEIFER UFO

FORESTRY WORKER ABDUCTED BY ALIENS IN SCOTLAND

Featured

NOVEMBER 9, 1979 ….LIVINGSTON SCOTLAND
Sixty-one-year old Robert Taylor was a forestry worker in the Dechmont woods in Livingston, West Lothian, Scotland. On the morning of Friday, November 9, 1979, he and his red setter were doing duty in the forest when he was shocked to see a UFO hovering above the ground. The object was totally motionless, and silent. The object was dark gray in color and had a texture to it, with brighter areas reflecting above a duller background. The exterior of the craft seemed to morph from time to time, which made Taylor think it was trying to render itself invisible. He estimated the object to be about 20 feet in diameter and 12 feet tall. It had a ring of a sort around it, which caused it to appear like a brim on a hat. Protruding from the outside of the UFO were stems pointing up, and topped with propellers. All at once, two small spheres came from the object. They made a sound as their spikes moved over the earth. They came to a stop beside him, grabbing his trousers, and began to drag him back to the UFO. The spiked objects were very similar to the UFO, only smaller. Taylor could smell a strong, sickening odor. He lost consciousness. When he regained consciousness, the spheres were gone, but his red setter was still there. The dog was panicky, running around and barking. Taylor tried to calm him down, but found that his voice was gone. He was very weak, and when he tried to stand, he couldn’t. He crawled for a time until he was able to stand again. He finally made it back to his pick-up truck and tried to radio his work headquarters via his two-way, but still could not speak. Attempting to drive his truck back home, he got stuck in the mud, so he started a long walk of about a mile back to his house. He arrived at 11:45 AM. His experience had lasted a little over an hour. Finally, his voice was returning. He had developed a great thirst by the time he was home. Taylor would feel ill for a time after his experience with the UFO and two spheres, and he could still smell the awful odor from the forest. When his wife saw him, she was shocked. He had mud all over him, and his pants were torn. He began to tell her of his ordeal with the UFO. His wife urged him to call the police, but Taylor felt that they would only laugh at him. Instead, he called his job supervisor, Malcom Drummond. Taylor went to clean himself up. Drummond called a doctor, and he drove directly to Taylor’s house. He was so eager to hear Taylor’s story that he questioned him while he was in the tub. Drummond and Taylor both felt that there should be physical proof of the incident in the forest. Since the doctor was coming to check out Taylor, Drummond headed to the scene via Taylor’s instructions, but he could not find the right location. Dr. Gordon Adams would examine Taylor for his injuries. He found two scrapped places on Taylor, one on his left leg, and the other under his chin. Taylor had no apparent head injuries, and his body temperature, blood pressure, and other body signs were all within normal limits. Dr. Adams insisted on Taylor getting a head X-ray to rule out a concussion, and talk to a counselor, but Taylor put off the hospital visit until later. As soon as Drummond returned, Taylor joined him as the two went directly to the scene of the incident in the forest. Ground marking were obvious, and they called the police. Taylor, along with his wife, did go to the hospital for testing, but left when he grew tired of waiting to be seen. He had a trip planned for the weekend to see relatives, and was in a hurry to get things done for the journey. Soon, the press was aware of the Taylor’s encounter, and in just a couple of days, the story was known all over the United Kingdom. Soon, it would be world-wide news, and eventually become the subject of television documentaries, magazines, and books. In time, a plaque would be erected at the site, but it was stolen. The local police department was not experienced in dealing with UFO cases, but they did file a report with interviews of all of those involved. Since an assault was part of the case, the police were obliged to send off Taylor’s clothes for forensic examination. The only unusual thing found was traces of a powder, which was identified simply as contact transfer from the sack the clothes were shipped in. Police did a thorough search of records of military and civilian flight logs, and found nothing was flown over or near the forest that morning. The ground marks at the scene did not match any of the equipment used in the work in the forest. Two types of ground markings were found at the scene. The first marks were two parallel ladder-like tracks, each about 2.5 meters long, and the same distance apart. There were also 40 holes around the tracks. They were 10 centimeters across. In other words, there was undeniable proof that something had been on that spot in the forest very recently. Taylor was known by many people in the area, and they all viewed him as honest and responsible. There is nothing to indicate that he would hoax an incident of this nature. He did have a history of several illnesses, and surgeries, but there was nothing in his medical history that would indicate he had any type of head injury or psychosis that could lead to an imaginary event. A timeline done by a UFO investigator to determine the length of time that Taylor was unconscious proved that Taylor was probably out of it for about twenty minutes, give or take. If we take Taylor’s account as is, he was abducted by something “other-worldly” on November 9, 1979 for about twenty minutes. There has been no evidence presented to repudiate his claims. NOTE: The above image is CGI.

KEN PFEIFER WORLD UFO PHOTOS AND NEWS

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOSANDNEWS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.UFOCASEBOOK.COM

GOOGLE… KEN PFEIFER UFO

PHOTO OF A HEXAGON ALIEN CRAFT OVER WASHINGTON STATE

Featured

JUNE 13, 2020 …..PORT ANGELES WASHINGTON

While observing unusual cloud formations, a hexagon shape appeared, first moving slowly then staying still, as other clouds moved past. I retrieved my DSLR camera, a canon rebel T5, and began shooting. This is the Third hexagon shaped UFO I’ve photographed this week in the skies over Port Angeles. The hexagonal shape is precise and perfectly geometric. It cannot be created by air convection currents. They appear to be about 50 feet across and have a variegated surface. They seem translucent as if cloaked partially.

KEN PFEIFER WORLD UFO PHOTOS AND NEWS

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOSANDNEWS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.MUFON.COM

GOOGLE…. KEN PFEIFER UFO

MISSING TIME AND ALIEN ABDUCTIONS IN TODMORDEN ENGLAND

Featured

NOVEMBER 28, 1980 ……TODMORDEN ENGLAND

In November and December 1980, the eastern side of Britain was experiencing a major UFO sighting wave. There were chases of UFOs by police cars near the coast, a UFO that overflew an oil rig in the North Sea, and the wave culminated in the famous events on the East Anglian coast at Rendlesham Forest.

Just a month before these landings beside those NATO air bases, one of the most impressive alien abduction cases took place in the small Penninemill town of Todmorden, West Yorkshire, right in the centre of Britain’s most active window area known locally as “UFO Alley”.

Police Constable Alan Godfrey was on patrol on the night of 28 November 1980. Just before dawn he drove along Burnley Road on the edge of Todmorden looking for some cows that had been reported missing. They were only found after sun-up, mysteriously relocated in a rain-soaked field without hoofmarks to indicate their passage.

Giving up his nocturnal hunt, Godfrey was about to go back to base to sign off duty when he saw a large mass a few hundred yards ahead. At first, he thought it was a bus coming towards him that took workers to their jobs in town and that he knew passed about 5:00 a.m.

But as he approached, he realized that it was something very strange. It was a fuzzy oval that rotated at such speed and hovered so low over the otherwise deserted highway that it was causing the bushes by the side to shake.

The police officer stopped, propped onto his windscreen a pad that was in the patrol car to make sketches of any road accidents, and drew the UFO. Then there was a burst of light, and the next thing he knew he was driving his car again, further along Burnley Road, with no sign of the UFO.

Godfrey turned around and examined the spot where the UFO had hovered. The road was very wet as it had rained heavily earlier in the night. But just at this one location was a circular patch where the roadway had been dried in a swirled pattern. Only when back at the police station did he realise that it was a little later than he had expected – although any missing time was probably no greater than 15 minutes from estimates later taken on site.

Godfrey with drawing of sighting

Concerned as to possible ridicule, Godfrey at first chose not to make an official report, but changed his mind later that day when he discovered he was not alone. After breakfast that morning, a driver who had been on Burnley Road three miles further out at Cliviger reported seeing a brilliant white object and contacted Todmorden police.

The time matched that of Alan Godfrey’s. Furthermore, a police patrol from an adjacent force (Halifax) had been engaged in a stakeout for stolen motorcycles on the moors of the Calder Valley and had witnessed a brilliant blue-white glow descending into the valley towards Todmorden shortly before Godfrey experienced his close encounter. Their story, when it reached Todmorden police station, formed a second match.

Encouraged by this news Godfrey filed an official report, but was surprised when police chose to release the story to the local newspaper the following week. From here, UFOlogists discovered the case and a lengthy investigation was mounted by a Manchester-based UFO group.

Although Alan Godfrey had no further conscious recall of the missing time, he did have increasingly confused memory of the sequence of events surrounding the sighting (with an unexplained image of seeing himself outside the car during the sighting). There was also puzzling physical evidence.

His police-issue boots were split on the sole, as if he had been dragged along the floor and they had caught on something.

He also reported a previous history of seeing other strange things and having experienced at least one earlier time lapse as a youth—factors that UFOlogists have come to recognise as common with abduction cases.

When sure that all conscious testimony had been recorded, Godfrey agreed to be hypnotically regressed by a Manchester psychiatrist eight months after the incident. He eventually had several other sessions with different therapists, and his recall in later sessions was video-taped.

The doctor refused permission to the UFO group for the first session to be recorded.

The hypnotic testimony is very odd, and Godfrey was never to be sure what really happened. Under regression he told of the bright light stopping the car engine, causing his radio and police handset both to be filled with static and then to be swamped by blinding light as he lost consciousness.

His next recall was of being inside a strange room, more like a house than a spaceship, complete with a most unexpected large black dog. He was studied by a heavily bearded man who telepathically conveyed that his name was “Yosef” and whose clothing was very Biblical in nature.

Assisting Yosef were several small robot-like creatures “the size of a five-year-old lad” and with “a head shaped like a lamp”. They are reminiscent of the “Grays” of UFO lore; although with major differences.

Godfrey was supposedly asked questions, told that he “knew” Josef, and was promised a later encounter. But apparently he was not subjected to the more familiar indignities of abduction stories (especially from the US), such as bodily fluid samples and rectal probes.

Although there were periods of missing memory, the hypnotic recall that did emerge was a curious hybrid of mythic images, UFO case elements and dream like sequences.

When asked his opinion as to the reality status of this hypnotic testimony, Alan Godfrey was refreshingly honest. He told me he was certain that the UFO encounter was real, but he could not determine whether the story offered by hypnosis was a dream, a fantasy, reality, or a mixture of all three.

Unhappily, Alan Godfrey suffered terribly after this encounter. When I first wrote up the investigation (just before the regression hypnosis began) for Flying Saucer Review magazine in l981, I deliberately changed his identity to help protect him; although this was probably futile because the story had already been featured in the local press under Godfrey’s real name.

However, despite my refusal to assist them, a tabloid reporter traced the witness and devoted a front-page banner headline article to the story — read by millions over the Sunday lunch—which led to the officer being called to explain himself before his superiors.

He was forced to undergo medical investigation to determine his “status”, but was pronounced psychologically fit and healthy. Yet after some years feeling that he would never be allowed to forget his sighting, he took advice to honorably resign over an unrelated physical injury incurred during an incident in which he bravely intervened to avert a crime.

Todmorden, both before 1980 and in the years since, has been a hotbed of alien contact activity with several other major encounters having been investigated, including another abduction of a truck driver from Burnley Road only a little further out of Todmorden and on the same highway. written by… Jenny Randles NOTE: The above image is real but from Gulf Breeze Florida.

KEN PFEIFER WORLD UFO PHOTOS AND NEWS

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOSANDNEWS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.UFOCASEBOOK.COM

GOOGLE….. KEN PFEIFER UFO

ALIEN CRAFT LANDS AT BENTWATERS AIR FORCE BASE IN THE RENDLESHAM FOREST

Featured

DECEMBER 27, 1980 …….SUFFOLK ENGLAND

Shortly after midnight on December 27, 1980, radar screens at RAF Watton in Norfolk showed an uncorrelated object which suddenly disappeared in the vicinity of the Rendlesham Forest in Suffolk. The object was also tracked on radar at Bentwaters RAF, which was located north of the forest. Woodbridge was south of the forest. The bases were reported to have a large stockpile of nuclear weapons, and Woodbridge was the home of the 67th Aerospace Rescue and Recovery Squadron. The unit was subject only to the Department of Defense in Washington, D.C. The sister bases were leased to the United States Air Force. Mal Scurrah, radar operator that night, stated: “We didn’t have the faintest idea what it was. We checked through the air traffic agencies. There should have been nothing in that area at the time. The only thing we could do was send a jet aircraft in to find out what it was. They got to within about a quarter of a mile and the pilot suddenly started reporting that they could see a very bright light in the sky in front of them. It was stationary on the screen and then, in seconds, it moved off at a fantastic rate of speed. Within the space of five minutes, it was reaching 90,000 feet and higher and we lost it off the top end of the radar scope. There’s nothing we have in this day that can perform those kind of maneuvers, the pilots wouldn’t be able to take it.” The extraordinary events of Woodbridge/Bentwaters would begin with the sighting of a gigantic glowing object by three security guards patrolling the twin bases. Receiving permission to check out the strange sightings, they followed the lights into the forest. Their initial interpretation was that a military or commercial aircraft had made a crash landing. The patrol was shocked and frightened to see a saucer-like craft with small, large-headed beings, which seemed to be suspended from the bottom of the craft by a type of beam. The beings appeared to be busy, possibly affecting some type of repair to their craft. The beings seemed at first to be unaware of the three men watching their activities.

The guards, maintaining a safe distance from the craft and beings, were almost transfixed by the activities at the glowing object. They radioed to the base headquarters, reported what they were seeing, and requested emergency help.

Almost immediately assistance arrived, with a fully equipped armed unit, which included senior officers of the base. Later, there would be reports, off the record, that witnesses who ventured closest to the craft encountered strange anomalies. Among these were “reality bending” effects, like time displacement, and surreal atmospheric conditions.

Also, there were allegations that some of the senior officers were able to communicate with strange, alien beings, which floated in bubbles around a triangular-shaped craft. The craft was said to have appeared from a type of low-lying cloud. (“Left At East Gate”) I must state that neither of these facts has been established officially.

> Colonel Halt, called out on the second night of the sightings, was one of a group of senior officers to chase the eerie, glowing object into the forest. He would become a key figure in the Rendlesham investigation. He made a cassette of the details of his trek into the woods, and a transcription is given later in this article. Also a copy of the memorandum Halt sent to the British Ministry of Defense is included. Some of the most revealing details of the events of Rendlesham would be given by patrolmen Jim Penniston, John Burroughs, and Larry Warren, who would later co-write a book on the incident, “Left at East Gate.”

Halt was a career Air Force officer, serving in Vietnam and on various bases before arriving at Bentwaters in 1980. He was promoted to base commander in 1984. Halt later served as base commander at Kunsan Air Base, Korea, and was director of the inspections directorate for the Department of Defense inspector general. He retired in 1991.

Though Halt was forthcoming with his accounts of Rendlesham, his life was complicated by constant demands by UFO investigators for more information on the Rendlesham events.

> There were many stories told by the men who were present on the nights of the strange events at Rendlesham. One of the most remarkable concerned an underground theater where soldiers were interrogated, debriefed, sworn to secrecy, and threatened.The morning after the most pronounced activity, a type of men-in-black scenario had occurred. Several of the men were whisked away by the official-looking gentlemen, and escorted to the underground facility. Oddly enough, they were shown a number of motion picture films of different UFO recoveries around the world. It was also said that an Alien being was present at one of the meetings.

The spectacular events of late 1980 were kept out of the public knowledge for the most part, at least until 1983. An early UFO magazine article about the events brought only a passing interest, yet the story survived on rumor and speculation until Robert Todd of the Citizens Against UFO Secrecy (CAUS) secured a copy of an official report of the events through the Freedom of Information Act in 1983. The paper was dated 1-13-81, and had been sent to the British Ministry of Defense by Halt.

The events of Rendlesham have been published in numerous newspapers, magazine articles, and several television shows, including “Unsolved Mysteries,” “Sightings,” and the British program “Strange But True,” among others.

The case, in some respects, is similar to the famous Roswell, New Mexico incident in that its investigation involved almost exclusively military personnel. Though the two incidents occurred in totally different countries, both involved United States manned installations, and were close to top secret military bases. NOTE: The above image is CGI.

KEN PFEIFER WORLD UFO PHOTOS AND NEWS

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOSANDNEWS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.UFOCASEBOOK.COM

GOOGLE… KEN PFEIFER UFO

PHOTO OF AN ALIEN CRAFT IN NEWTON ABBOT DEVON U.K

Featured

JUNE 5, 2020 …NEWTON ABBOT DEVON ENGLAND

Hi Ken : The weather wasn’t all that great but I was still sat outside in the back garden sky watching. I was looking around the sky through the viewfinder of my Nikon P900 camera and I hadn’t seen a thing. I had been outside for hours and I was starting to lose hope of seeing anything unusual in the sky, when I decided to look south where I unexpectedly saw a black saucer shaped object that flew up out of some thick clouds. It was moving very fast but I still managed to take some photographs of it before it flew up into the atmosphere and disappeared from view.‎

I am always seeing strange aerial objects around this area day and night. It’s very strange and I believe it’s because the alien occupants of these craft are heading towards Dartmoor where they like to collect genetic material from sheep and other unfortunate animals that they have killed and mutilated. I believe that once they have collected what they need, they fly back over Newton Abbot heading towards their base which is located some were in the English channel. The photographs were taken at 3:58 PM on the 5th of ‎June ‎2020, ‏‎at Newton Abbot Devon England. All the best John.

KEN PFEIFER WORLD UFO PHOTOS AND NEWS

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOSANDNEWS.ORG

JOHN MOONERS WEB SITE https://ufologist.yolasite.com/

RADIATION POISONING FROM A CLOSE ENCOUNTER IN TEXAS

Featured

DECEMBER 29, 1980 …. HUFFMAN TEXAS

An extremely haunting UFO sighting which has well stood the test of time was an event which took place in the Piney Woods of Texas, near the town of Huffman. On the chilly night of December 29, 1980, two women and one child encountered a craft of unknown origin, and all three suffered not only emotional trauma, but severe physical injury as well.

A drive through the Piney Woods of Texas at night is a lonely, somewhat spooky one to begin with, but on this particular night, a routine drive turned into a life-changing event for these three people.

Fifty-one-year-old Betty Cash was driving through the woods traveling from New Caney to Dayton on Farm to Market road 1485. Riding with her was her friend, Vickie Landrum, fifty-seven-years-old, and Vickie’s seven-year-old grandson, Colby. They were looking for an open Bingo game, but found all of them closed down for the Holiday season.

They stopped for a meal at a restaurant, and then continued their journey. Soon, the three began to see a light in the distance, and in a few short minutes this light became a glowing object, slowly crossing the tops of the tall pine trees. The area that they were in was densely occupied by pine and oak trees, surrounded by occasional swamps and small lakes.

As they proceeded along their way, their initial thought was that the object was an airplane or helicopter from one of the airfields not too distant from their location. Suddenly, ahead of them loomed an immense diamond-shaped craft, which was hovering over the road ahead of them! At regular, fast intervals, the object would shoot down a stream of reddish-orange flames. Vickie would later describe it as being “like a diamond of fire.”

Being a devout Christian, she had never believed in UFOs or extraterrestrials, and at this moment, she believed that she was witnessing the end of the world.

They could also hear a constant beeping sound as the strange craft spit out its fiery downspout. Frightened, Betty came to a quick stop to keep from running under the craft. The car’s heater had been running to kill the frosty air of the night, but now the inside of her vehicle was so hot she had to turn off her heater, and leave the car, along with Vickie and Colby. Now outside of the vehicle, they could hear a steady roaring sound coming from the frightening sight ahead of them.

Young Colby became so afraid that his grandmother took him back into the car to comfort him. Betty stayed outside. In some strange way, she was fascinated with the almost unbelievable vision before her.

As she stood watching the craft, suddenly the sky was full of helicopters. Betty said, “They seemed to rush in from all directions… it seemed like they were trying to encircle the thing.” She assumed that they were from Tomball Airfield, northwest of Houston, or Ellington Air Force Base, south of Houston.

The eerie object now began to lift into the air, and proceed to the southwest, with helicopters in pursuit.

As Betty returned to the car, the door handle was so hot she could hardly open the front door. Her hand was burned getting inside. She immediately turned on her air conditioner to cool off the inside of the vehicle. After the object had left the area, they restarted their vehicle, hoping to get home and never see the craft again.

But after several miles of dark highway, they left the Farm to Market road in favor of the freeway. Ahead in the distance, they could again see the object with its bright lights illuminating the helicopters which were still trying to encircle it.

At this vantage point, the two ladies could actually count the number of copters in the air, 23. Some of them they identified as the double rotor CH-47 Chinook; the others were the faster, single engine rotor type, which they thought were Bell-Huey.

After a fast trip home, all three of the witnesses became extremely sick within the next few hours. Betty’s head and neck were blistered, and soon her eyes were swollen shut. She was also terribly nauseated.

By the next morning, she was almost in a coma. Vickie and Colby suffered very similar symptoms, yet not as severe as Betty’s.

After a couple of miserable days being cared for at Vickie’s home, Betty checked into a hospital where she was treated as a burn victim, remaining for 15 days. Her hair began to fall out, and her eyes swelled so badly she could not see for about a week.

Colby had problems with his eyes, and Vickie was losing her hair also.

In addition, her scalp was numb and painful. All three of the victims were treated for radiation poisoning, and their condition was listed by doctors as life-threatening. Before long, skin sores developed, weight loss began, and skin cancer was diagnosed.

As to the origin of the helicopters, local air bases were questioned, but would not admit to sending any helicopters out that night.

The only public statement made by military officials came from Fort Hood press officer Major Tony Geishauser. In an interview with the Corpus Christi Caller newspaper, he stated that no Fort Hood aircraft were in the Houston area that night.

“I don’t know any other place around here that would have that number of helicopters,” he said. “I don’t know what it could be… unless there’s a super secret thing going on and I wouldn’t necessarily know about it.”

The black top road was badly damaged by the emissions from the craft that night, but it was very quickly repaired. Investigators were at a loss to explain the events of that night, except to say that Betty, Vickie, and Colby had encountered a craft of undetermined origin, or possibly an experimental government craft.

The three unwilling participants in this event sued the U.S. Government for medical damages, but during a congressional hearing, the Department of the Army Inspector General denied any military involvement in the case, and disallowed any compensation for the three unwilling participants in the Piney Woods affair.

There would be several other witnesses to the strange craft / and or helicopters of that night. Among them were:

An off duty Dayton, Texas policeman and his wife who were driving home from Cleveland the same night and saw a large number of CH-47s.

A Crosby, Texas man who was directly under the flight path, reported seeing a large number of heavy military helicopters flying overhead.

A Dayton, Texas, oilfield worker Jerry McDonald saw a large UFO fly directly overhead while he was in his back garden. He thought it might be a blimp at first, but soon knew it was something more sinister. “It was kind of diamond-shaped and had two twin torches that were shooting brilliant blue flames out the back,” he said. He saw that it had two bright lights on it and a red light in the center.

In a freaky circumstance of luck, corroboration of the unknown object of that night would come in 1981. In April, a CH-47 flew into Dayton for the purpose of a public showing. This allowed local residents to view the machine, both inside and out. Colby spotted the helicopter as it was flying into town, and became very upset.

Vickie took him to the landing site, hopefully to allay his fears. As they reached the Chinook, a long line of locals had already formed, waiting to see the giant machine.

When their turn finally came, Vickie and Colby entered the helicopter.

Accompanied by another visitor in addition to Colby, Vickie began to recount her experience in the Piney Woods. Vickie and the other unnamed witness both claimed that the pilot said he had been in the air the night of the traumatic sighting.

He was sent to check on a UFO that was in trouble near Huffman!

Vickie began to discuss her injuries due to the burns and radiation poisoning. Upon hearing her confession, the pilot quickly clammed up, and moved them out of the craft. The pilot was later found by the UFO group VISIT.

He would only admit that he knew of the Cash/Landrum case, but refused to admit that he had been in the area the night of the sighting. NOTE: The above image is CGI.

KEN PFEIFER WORLD UFO PHOTOS AND NEWS

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOSANDNEWS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.UFOCASEBOOK.COM

SEE THIS INVESTIGATIVE VIDEO ON THE PENTYRCH UFO INCIDENT IN THE UNITED KINGDOM

Featured

FEBURARY 26, 2016 …….PENTYRCH NEAR CARDIFF WALES

The video features Gari Jones and Caz Clarke (Primary Witness) talking about the Pentyrch UFO Incident.

26/2/2016 The UK Military went to Pentyrch near Cardiff Wales in full force to supposedly carry out an exercise over a populated area… however this was a cover story for for an actual real life event involving two witnesses who saw a massive pyramid shaped UFO appear in the fields behind there house.

What you see in the presentation is the complete timeline of these events proving this was indeed an event that happened. MAJOR Thanks to Caz Clarke for coming forward. NOTE: The above image is CGI.

SEE THIS VIDEO HERE >> https://www.bitchute.com/video/1F5krLQ6UMiJ/

KEN PFEIFER WORLD UFO PHOTOS AND NEWS

Special thanks to Ufologist Gari Jones and John Mooner.

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOSANDNEWS.ORG

BEST ALIEN CRAFT PHOTOS FROM MEXICO CITY

Featured

JANUARY 1991 …….MEXICO CITY MEXICO

One morning in January 1981, Mexican photographer Carlos Diaz pulled into a deserted car park at Ajusco Park near Mexico City. He was on an assignment for a magazine, and had arranged to meet a journalist who was yet to arrive. Diaz sat in his car, preparing his camera for the job ahead. Although it was early in the morning, the air was thick with humidity which made even sitting still uncomfortable. Impatiently, Diaz began to look at his watch. Suddenly, his attention was caught by a strange yellow glow coming from the valley below him. At first he thought it was a forest fire, but, an instant later, the source of light revealed itself to be a large, orange, oval-shaped UFO, slowly hovering about 30 metres from his car. Unable to believe his eyes, Diaz quickly grabbed his camera. With it resting on his steering wheel, he began frantically firing off shots. Then, without warning, the whole car began to shake violently. Diaz got out of the vehicle and took two more photographs before the craft sped up vertically into the sky, leaving Diaz in a state of shock. This encounter marked the beginning of what was to develop into one of he most fascinating and long-running contactee cases in the history of UFOlogy. Today, the case remains among a small minority of alledged extraterrestrial encounters to be supported by verified film documentation that has stood up to the scrutiny of a range of experts.
KEY ENCOUNTER
Indeed, the apparent credibility of Diaz’s claims has attracted the attention of some of the world’s top UFO researchers, including German author Michael Hesemann and abduction researcher Dr John Mack. Both concluded that Diaz’s story is completely credible. Hesemann echoes the views of most researchers when he states: ‘The Carlos Diaz case is the most important case of documented alien-human contact to have emerged in modern times.’ Certainly, at the time of his initial encounter, Diaz little suspected what was to come. The transition from a run-of-the-mill UFO sighting in an area now acknowledged as a UFO hot-spot, to one of the key cases of recent years did not occur until weeks later. In the days that followed this January sighting, Diaz remained preoccupied by his experience. Unable to forget what he had seen, he repeatedly returned to the Ajusco Park location, hoping to secure more pictures. After a succession of fruitless visits, Diaz began to think that he was wasting his time. But then, on 23rd of March, his patience was rewarded.
RETURN TRIP
While roaming the greenery, Diaz was again alerted to the presence of a UFO by an orange glow, which he could see only dimly through the fog and rain that had saturated the forest in Ajusco Park. As he climbed up the walls of the valley, he managed to position himself within 45 metres of the object. Diaz watched the ‘craft’ hovering above him, eminating a bright orange light. It was, he said, dome-shaped with a smooth ring in its centre. This, claimed Diaz, was covered with a number of half spheres, each around one metre in diameter. Crouching behind some rocks, Diaz thought his actions had gone unnoticed, but, as he continued to watch the craft, he felt someone grab his shoulder from behind. Diaz immediately fainted, and, when he awoke, it was dark and the UFO was gone. He was shocked to discover that, despite heavy rain, his clothes were completely dry. At that point, he knew something strange had happened to him. When he returned to his car, Diaz noticed another car parked in front of him. At this point, Diaz claimed, a humanoid entity with fair hair approached him and told him that if he wanted to know more about what he had just experienced, he should return to the same spot at noon the following day. Apparently, when Diaz returned the next day, he discovered the same entity sitting on the grass. Diaz claimed that the being then turned to him and explained that it was he who grabbed his shoulder the previous day. Before leaving, the being also told Diaz that he had come from inside the craft and that Diaz would gradually recover his memory of what had happened while he was unconscious. Sure enough, over the next few months, Diaz’s memory returned, piece by piece. According to his account, he recalled the craft hovered directly over his head. As he attempted to touch the craft, his hand seemed to pass through the yellow light and he seemed to merge with it. The next thing he recalled was seeing the craft parked on a platform inside a giant cave. Diaz was filled with awe when he remembered what he had seen inside: ‘It was full of stalagmites, some of which were carved into what appeared to be Mayan sculptures,’ he stated. ‘I saw many people in the cave, some of whom waved to me and, in a state of shock, I waved back.’ Apparently the being Diaz had encountered in the park then led him to a smaller cave which contained seven glowing, egg-shaped orbs, one of which Diaz was invited to step into. On entering, Diaz could at first only see yellow light. But then he found himself surrounded by the image of a forest. ‘I could see all the details of the forest as if I was walking through it,’ said Diaz. ‘I couldn’t touch anything, but I could feel the temperature and moisture. I could see and experience everything, yet I wasn’t physically there.’ His guide then told him that the orbs were also a system for storing information and that certain data had been imparted to him. Diaz was then returned to the ship and, in time, to the park.
CONTINUING CONTACT
According to Diaz, this was only the first of a series of contacts with the same beings, which continue to this day. Since 1981, Diaz has stated that his experience inside the orbs has enabled him to ‘travel’ to different regions of the Earth’s ecosystem – forest, desert, jungle, shoreline, even Arctic areas – with his ET contact. Through this contact, Diaz claims to have been imbued with an awareness of the interconnectedness of all life and the need to preserve our environment. To many UFOlogists, especially those who have had their ‘fingers burnt’ by alledged contactees before, these claims may appear far-fetched. However, Diaz is seen by many researchers as a highly reliable source, not least because of the strong body of photographic evidence he has amassed to support his claims. INDISPUTABLE PROOF? Mexican TV journalist and UFOlogist Jaime Maussan, who has been at the centre of UFO investigations in Mexico since the wave began in 1991, believes that Diaz’s UFO photographs are among the most impressive he has seen. Maussan took Diaz’s photographs to Jim Dilettoso, an image processing expert at Village Labs, in Tucson, Arizona, who concluded they were genuine. After satisfying himself he was not dealing with a hoaxer, Maussan visited Diaz at his hime in Tepoztlan, Mexico. There, he spoke to a number of other witnesses who claimed to have seen exactly the same type of UFO. The apparent credibility of the Diaz case has also attracted UFO researchers from further afield, who have attempted to glean insights into the alien agenda from Diaz’s contactee claims. German author Michael Hesemann, who first interviewed Diaz in June 1994, is convinced of the credibility of Diaz’s story. ‘Not only is he contacting these beings through encounters on the ships,’ says Hesemann, ‘but he claims to be meeting these beings socially, since he believes some of them are living among us.’ However Hesemann explains that, according to Diaz, the beings are reluctant to fully disclose their origins. ‘Apparently,’ says Hesemann, ‘they did, however, explain that they have been visiting Earth for thousands of years, and are particularly interested in our evolution which, compared to their own, has happened at a much faster rate. They are trying to learn why.’ Another UFO researcher intrigued by Diaz’s case is Professor of Psychiatry at Harvard Medical School, John Mack. Mack has a long history of dealing with abductees and contactees and believes that the Diaz case is among the most convincing he has come across. In his book Passport to the Cosmos, he states: ‘Out of all the experiencers I have worked with, it is Carlos Diaz who seems to have developed the richest understanding of the interconnected web of nature. Diaz’s experience of connecting with living creatures is so intense that he seems literally to become the thing he is describing.’ Diaz’s experience, Mack claims constitutes an ‘awakening’, a process which, he says, is common in abductees. Diaz told Mack that his contact with the ETs had instilled in him a need to preserve the environment and the ability to ‘enjoy a beautiful planet’. Whether or not an extraterrestrial influence was involved, Diaz’s new-found concern for the environment has certainly become a driving force in his life. He has repeatedly and passionately conveyed this environmental warning publicly, most notably at a UFO conference in Dusseldorf, Germany in 1995. Diaz has revealed that he had been informed through his contacts that the civilization of the visiting extraterrestrial, like ours, had been threatened by its own history of destruction, but had somehow managed to survive. He remains convinced that his contacts’ disturbing prediction for our future is only too real – a prediction that states with near certainty that humanity, on its current course, is headed for total extinction.
ALIEN MESSENGER
This outspokenness, coupled with the public nature of his experience, has le Diaz to assume visionary status in both his home town of Tepoztlan and UFO circles. however, Diaz has been quick to dispute this, claiming that he is not a unique visionary, but merely ‘a messenger’. The real nature of Diaz’s current incarnation aside, for many UFOlogists, the Diaz case remains among the most convincing on record. Indeed, few UFO reports exist that boast such impressive and abundant photographic evidence. And fewer still have emerged that have stood up to the scrutiny applied to Diaz’s images.
PERFECT PICTURES
Expert analysis of Carlos Diaz’s UFO pictures has been extremely thorough. Mexican UFOlogist Jaime Maussan gave the original transparencies to Professor Victor Quesada at the Polytechnical Institute of the University of Mexico for examination. Quesada stated: ‘We were shocked to discover that the spectrum of light from the object was unlike anything we have ever seen, it broke all previous parameters and didn’t match anything in our data banks. The light was extraordinarily intense. There was no evidence of superimposition or a hoax. We estimated the object to be around 30 to 50 metres in diameter.’
Interestingly, the photographs were also analysed by Dr Robert Nathan at NASA’s Jet Propulsion Laboratory in California. Nathan, a notorious UFO sceptic, stated that he could find no evidence of a fake. Certainly, for many who have examined the three images, the first shot is the most impressive. In it, the orange glowing craft can be seen through the windshield of the car, and light from the object is reflected both off the car’s bonnet and off the metal guard rail by the side of the road. These, in particular, are details that experts claim are extremely difficult to fake. VIDEO EVIDENCE Mexican UFOlogist Jaime maussan was so intrigued by Carlos Diaz’s account of his experiences that he provided him with a video camera and asked him to see if he could record the UFO on tape when it next appeared. A few weeks later, Diaz awoke at 5 a.m. and grabbed his camera. he walked out and waited. Apparently, within minutes, the craft appeared and hovered over the house, where Diaz filmed it. When Maussan saw the remarkable footage, he asked Diaz if he could get even closer to the craft while filming. Two months later, Diaz was once again able to film the craft, which this time hovered directly above him, without moving. However it is Diaz’s third attempt to capture the craft on video that is the most spectacular. In this footage, Diaz having mounted his camera on a tripod, walks to the bottom of a field waving a flash light. Responding to this, the craft suddenly materializes directly above Diaz’s head and sends beams of light down towards him. Then, the unidentified object remains motionless for 30 seconds, before blinking out. It is universally recognized that this video contains some of the best UFO footage ever taken.

KEN PFEIFR WORLD UFO PHOTOS AND NEWS

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOSANDNEWS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.UFOCASEBOOK.COM

GOOGLE..… KEN PFEIFER UFO

ALIEN TRIANGLE TRACE EVIDENCE LEFT BEHIND IN FINLAND

Featured

JANUARY 1971 …..SAAPUNKI FINLAND

47-year-old Mauno Talasa was eating breakfast with his wife, Martta, at their farmhouse in the village of Saapunki in Finland one January morning in 1971 at a little after 6 am. It was while they were eating that they noticed a bright light heading toward them through their kitchen window. They would recall how the glowing object appeared to be at low altitude and was not moving particularly fast.

Perhaps even more unnerving and bizarre in equal measure, was the fact that the object would land directly outside their kitchen window. Now, with the object being in such close proximity, the brightness was such that it almost blinded the married couple to look at it directly. What’s more, the entire area in the immediate vicinity was now awash from the light blue glow.

The pair continued to watch for several more moments. Then, without any warning, the object took off directly upwards into the sky. It disappeared from sight several moments later. As it did so, the electricity supply would cut out for several moments.

The pair would then go about their normal daily chores, attempting to put the bizarre episode out of their minds. However, when daylight began to fade, they would notice a strange indention in the snow – exactly at the same place where the glowing object had landed. It appeared to be three indentions in total. And what’s more, they were in a very distinct triangular shape. Even more intriguing, part of the snow in the middle of this triangle appeared to have melted.

When the snow melted away, the pair would make an even stranger discovery. The grass underneath appeared to have changed color to a sickly grey-blue. Mr. Talasa would take a sample of the earth in this particular spot.

The following day, he would visit the local newspaper offices. The newspaper would begin to investigate the incident and would soon discover that the Talasas were not the only ones to witness the bizarre events. Not only did their immediate neighbors witness the strange glowing object land and take off from the Talasas’ property, but several other witnesses, some up to 3 miles away, also saw the mysterious object.

There were also several other intriguing details to note. For example, the object could definitely not be explained away like a balloon of any kind due to its movements into a relatively strong wind. What’s more, mainstream scientists who examined the soil samples would suggest something along the lines of a meteorite or a lightning strike to have caused the change in the elements of the soil.

However, we can eliminate the meteor suggestion straight away. Given the number of witnesses, a meteorite would have been easily recognizable to most if not all of them as such. Furthermore, the first sighting in the village was at 5:58 am with the last at 6:15 am with that of the Talasas. Once more, even those who are not experts in weather conditions realize that lightning strikes do not last 17 minutes.

Indeed, as insinuated by the report in The Scandinavian Newsletter report, the scientific establishment appeared to be more concerned with “reputation”, and perhaps even funding we might add, then the genuine truth of such bizarre but obviously real incidents. NOTE: The above image is CGI.

KEN PFEIFER WORLD UFO PHOTOS AND NEWS

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOSANDNEWS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.UFOCASEBOOK.COM

GOOGLE…. KEN PFEIFER UFO

STRANGE SHAPED ALIEN CRAFT ENCOUNTER IN MAINE

Featured

SUMMER OF 1982 ……ELIOT MAINE

It was the summer of 1982. I was 14, living in Eliott, Maine – a small town across the river from Portsmouth, New Hampshire. Our house was empty, as we were moving to Alaska that week, and the movers had already taken our belongings. It was dusk, and I was upstairs in my room, laying in my sleeping bag, listening to the radio, looking out of the window that no longer had curtains.

Suddenly I saw a black, geometric object zig-zagging rapidly in the air above the tree line of the woods behind my house. Its distance away from me was about 1.5 football field lengths. Its motion reminded me of an air hockey puck, with seemingly instantaneous changes in direction.

It was zig-zagging, but traveling in my general direction. At this distance, the general shape of the object seemed to resemble a coffin – oriented flat with respect to the ground, with the wider end towards the direction of travel, which was towards me.

But it was hard to tell because of the distance away and the object’s speed. The object kept its height in the air constant, about 5 to 10 feet above the trees.

I got up and kneeled at the window to get a better look, but could no longer see it. The way it moved made the sight seem unreal, and I stayed kneeling by the window for a few minutes to try to see the object again, but did not. I could not comprehend what I had seen.

As I started to look away from the window to go back to laying down, out of the corner of my eye, I noticed the object hovering above my back yard, about 30 to 40 feet away from my window, at about the same height in the air as my window on the second story of the house. It was perfectly still, and perfectly silent, and it wasn’t there a second ago.

It looked like it was made of metal, but was a dull gun-metal black, with no windows, lights, doors or seams of any kind, but it did have a few small protrusions which looked like instrumentation – giving me the impression the object was some sort of machinery.

It was the approximate size of an automobile. The shape was a trapezoid – a square or rectangle ‘front’ and a larger square or rectangle in the back, so the craft tapered from the back to the front.

It was like a pyramid tipped over on its side with the pointed portion removed. Or maybe a better way to describe it is as a blunted wedge.

This shape seemed different from the way it appeared when it was zig-zagging above the trees, but I might have been mistaken of its shape when it was above the trees, since that was at some distance away, and moving rapidly.

I had absolutely no fear of the object – only curiosity as to what it was I was looking at. I got to look at it for about 4 seconds, then it left in an instant. It left so fast, that I could just barely tell that it left in a direction, rather than just disappearing. The object left in the opposite direction it came from. And though the craft seemed to have a front and a back, it did not turn around before reversing its direction.

When the song on the radio ended, the DJ came on saying that he was getting inundated with calls about some object seen in the air. I called the radio station as well, and told the DJ that I too had seen the object, but that was as much as I told him.

I still, to this day, have never heard any other UFO report describing a craft shaped like this. My whole life, I rarely thought about this experience. Not until recently, when I saw a show on UFOs describing the same flight characteristic, did I really start to think about my experience, and realize that what I saw was a UFO.

I am an engineer now, and so understand that this craft displayed flight characteristics which defy our understanding of physics. It had no wings or control surfaces of any sort, and was entirely silent.

It didn’t need to move to stay aloft. It seemed unaffected by gravity or inertia. It had the ability to change speed and direction instantaneously – including the ability to hover perfectly still.

Supposedly, there were a lot of people who saw this craft that night. So, maybe there are records of it somewhere. It was a mainstream, pop radio station that I was listening to.

NOTE: The above image is real but from another sighting.

KEN PFEIFER WORLD UFO PHOTOS AND NEWS

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOSANDNEWS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.UFOCASEBOOK.COM

GOOGLE…. KEN PFEIFER UFO

INCREDIBLE ALIEN ABDUCTION ENCOUNTER IN INDIANA

Featured

JUNE 30, 1983 ……..COPELY INDIANA

On June 30th, 1983, I found myself face to face with something that cannot be explained, even now. I have always felt as if a part of me died that day and a new ‘me’ emerged from that garage. For those of you who are not familiar with me or my story, or for that matter, why I would even have a website to begin with, I will go over the events of that night one more time.

My two small sons and I were living with my parents at the time. At that time, I was making a little money cutting patterns for a neighbor who made and sold costumes. My dad was working 2nd shift at a local automotive factory. Mom and the boys and I had just finished some takeout chicken for supper and I was washing the grease off my hands before I left to go to the neighbors house to cut some more patterns out. She lived one block over and one road behind us so I wouldn’t be far in case Mom needed help getting the boys to settle down.

As I stood at the kitchen sink and looked aimlessly out the window, I noticed an odd light coming out of the swimming pool pump house. First of all, I knew the door SHOULD be closed because I remembered wrestling with the rusty slide lock. I had been out there just a few hours earlier, putting some more chlorine tabs in the pool floater. It was getting dark out so the strange light really caught my eye. It was not like the incandescent bulb that was in there. It looked more like florescent, white light. And it was very bright. I pointed this out to my mother and asked her if she wanted me to stay home. She thought it was odd but told me not to worry about it. She would lock the doors and if she needed me she would call me.

In the five minutes it took me to get in my car and make a quick detour to the turnabout in back of the house, to check on the light before I left, the light was gone. And the door to the pump house was closed. But the pedestrian door to the side garage attached to the house was now open. I do not know why I didn’t stop then and go back inside. I should have but I didn’t. I headed on to our neighbors’ house.

As soon as I got there, I called my mom. I told her what I had seen and asked her if she wanted me to come home. She said, once again, no, she’d be okay. I hung up the phone. Just as soon as I did, it rang. I instinctively picked it up again and somehow was not surprised to hear it was my mom. She sounded strange, frightened, and she told me to come home.

She said, “I want you home now.” My neighbor and her husband were listening to the conversation and at one point, her husband, hearing the panic rise in my voice, yelled into the phone, “Tell her to call the police, that’s what they get paid for.” Mom heard him and she responded with. “I don’t want anyone here but you.” I left immediately with a promise to my neighbors to call when I found out what was going on. It took me all of 3 minutes to get home.

Once I arrived, I pulled around to the back of the house again. This time I stopped at the sun room outside access door and found Mom standing there waiting for me. As I walked in, I went for the shotgun Daddy had behind the trash compactor. Mom made a comment about the gun not being loaded and I said to her that whoever was out there didn’t know that and I could always beat the crap out of them with it. I have to say, at this point, that I do not know what came over me.

I am no fool and at that time in my life, I was the biggest chicken in the world. If I had know why mom called me back that night, I would have never gone out back. I would have gone in the front door, grabbed my mom and kids and high-tailed it out of there so fast it would make your head spin.

She couldn’t remember why she even called me back until a week later. (About a week later, while she was doing the dishes or something like that in the kitchen, she suddenly popped out with, “Oh, I just remembered why I called you back home last weekend! I had seen a basketball size ball of light around the bird feeder.

It was very soft and I looked around trying to see if someone had a flashlight or something shining on it but I could see nothing. The light got smaller and smaller and as soon as it disappeared, I got the thought in my head to call you home.) See what I mean?

I took the gun and walked out into the dark back yard. I went to the pump house and looking inside. Nothing. I decided to walk out near the big garage out back to see if I could find my dog. (She had been in the garage attached to the house because she was in heat at the time.)

I found her. She was firmly lodged under my dad’s old ladder truck. I grabbed at her and tried to get her to come out. Normally, she would be all over me like a cheap suit. She was MY dog. But something had scared the hell out of her. She was yelping and whining and tearing at my hands to let go of her. So I did.

Then I decided I’d better check out the garage. Something had obviously freaked her out and whatever it was, it had been in the garage at one time. I went in there, gun first, cussing and yelling at the top of my lungs.

The place was empty. I looked behind old mattresses and everything else in there and didn’t find a thing. As soon as I had decided that I wasn’t gonna find anyone in here, I suddenly felt as if I was on fire. All the skin on my body started burning. It felt like I was covered with acid.

And I thought, “I’ve gotta get out of here RIGHT NOW!” I turned to run out the pedestrian door and that is when I was hit in the chest by something VERY bright and electrifying.

I have never been hit by lightening. But if I could imagine what it would feel like, I would say it was like this.

It felt as if I had first been punched by a huge, electric fist, right in the gut. The burning, electrical feeling slowly moved down my legs to my feet, out my arms to my fingertips and around my head.

Then, I could feel every molecule of my body vibrating. I couldn’t move. And I couldn’t see because the flash was so bright. I know I could not have tolerated more than a few seconds of this but I swear it felt as if this lasted for several minutes. I assume it couldn’t have lasted more than a few seconds. I remember thinking, “I’m DEAD! This is what it feels like to die.”

I was shaking and burning and I felt like I was vibrating to my very core. The brightness wore off fast. Then, the vibrating and shaking subsided. But I still couldn’t move. I was able to see bits and pieces. VERY much like having been ‘flashed’ in the eye by a camera flash.

I had big blind spots in my vision but I could see some shadow and some movement in the yard in front of my. I can now feel someone pulling on my right shoulder, as if to pull me down a bit. Then, I felt a stabbing, burning sensation in my right ear. And I could hear someone telling me it was unfortunate that I had to feel pain.

Then, I was OUTSIDE the pedestrian doorway but I didn’t know how I got there. I could see a soft, white ball of light directly in front of me. It was about the size of a basketball and is hovering about as high as I am tall. (5′ 3 1/2 “) The light slowly moved up and down, as if it were looking at me from head to foot. Then, it moved into the egg shaped thing and disappeared.

Just to the left of the light, I could see something about the size of the pool pump house. Maybe 8 to 10 feet tall and shaped like an egg. (Not very big as far as UFOs go.) And I could see 6 people in the yard in front of me.

They are at various spots in the yard. At the same time, they all seemed to line up and slide to the left, back to this egg shaped thing in front of me. They were smaller than me. Shorter. I thought they looked like children. Bullet shaped children. Bigger in the head and getting narrow at the feet. I couldn’t see much detail, mostly just silhouettes.

The rest of this event is still a blur after 20 years. The next thing I remember is hearing someone say. “It’s over.” I suddenly remembered my kids. I thought, “MY KIDS! Oh my God!” And immediately I heard the voice say that my kids were okay. I heard my name being called and I was able to move and I turned and began to walk up the lower porch steps, toward the back kitchen door.

With each step I took, the memory of what had just transpired, faded until by the time I reached my mom at the back door, I did not remember anything after I entered the garage. I said to my mom, “Everything’s cool.” And with that, she became animated again. It was as if she was standing there, in a daze, until she heard my voice.

I left mom and went back to the neighbors’ house. When I got there, she was upset with me. She said they were about ready to call the police because I didn’t call them like I said I would and they were worried that I was taking so long. It seems I was gone about 2 hours but I only remembered about 15 minutes worth of experience. I had no explanation for that and her inquiry just left me even foggier than I was already feeling. I didn’t feel good and told her that I would rather swim than sew.

(After the experience, I felt ‘icky’ and like I had to ‘get wet’.) I invited her to come swim with me and she agreed. She gathered up her 14 year old daughter and the three of us went back to mom and dad’s. As we were walking out the pool, my dad pulled up in the drive. He always came home at about 11:10 PM. I left to go to the neighbors’ just before 8:00 P.M. Three hours had passed and I couldn’t account for most of it.

As we walked though the back yard to the swimming pool, my neighbors’ daughter suddenly jumped and yelled, “OUCH.” She said she had stepped on something that made her foot burn, and now her foot was getting numb. By the time we reached the pool, she said her foot felt numb all the way to the knee, but yet she could walk on it.

We weren’t in the pool more than 10 or 15 minutes when we all started feeling nauseated, and my eyesight started getting real fuzzy, even though I had not had my head under water. I could see halos around all the outside lights and it was making me dizzy. The girls left and I went to bed.

When I woke up the next morning, I could not open my eyes. They were swollen completely shut. My mother took me to the emergency room. They, in turn, sent me directly to an eye specialist across the street from the ER because they didn’t have anyone on call in ER who was able to treat something like this.

This doctor was just across the street and agreed to work me in and see me that morning. He was stunned at the extent of my injury. He kept asking me if I had looked into the arc of a welder’s torch or the sun. I had not. I was given several tubes of cream and some drops to try to heal my eyes.

It took SEVERAL weeks for them to fully recover and to this day, my eyes are VERY sensitive to light. And my vision is very far-sighted. Sometimes my eyes will still suddenly burn and turn red, for no apparent reason. Fortunately, this only lasts for a few minutes.

For whatever unknown reasons, no one in the house even looked out back for the rest of the week. Come the weekend, 4th of July weekend, the rest of my family was all over to swim and have a cookout. My nephew was the first one to notice the mark in the yard. It was an 8 foot circle with a 20 foot swath coming off it.

The swath ended in a perfect arch and was exactly 2 feet wide. All the grass in this mark was brownish gray and wilted. The dirt was gray and hard. There were a could have deep cracks around the edge of the circle. I dropped a 12 inch ruler down one crack and we never did find it.

The first thing my mother said when she saw that mark was, “Oh, that’s where our UFO landed.” I just looked at her like she was nuts and I thought to myself, “What is wrong with her?’ Suddenly, as I looked at this mark, I began to panic. I could feel my pulse race, the sweat beading on my brow. I started feeling faint. And I started remembering. (WITHOUT hypnosis.)

The aftermath of this day was a nightmare for several years. I was ‘shell shocked’. I sat up at night, watching over my children and waiting. Waiting for something. But I didn’t remember what it was I was waiting for. I got sick and stayed sick for over a year. I developed life-threatening allergies, rashes, fevers, swollen glands, diarrhea, bleeding gums and my hair started falling out. My fingernails started growing thin, peeled and had horizontal ridges in them.

I developed irregular heartbeats (PAC’s) I started having panic attacks. Almost daily for a long time. And the dog that was out there with me that night? She had to be put to sleep about 2 and a half months later. All her hair fell out from the head down. She developed black, oozing sores all over her back, her eyes got milky white and she was obviously going deaf. Her teeth all fell out and her gums bled, as well.

When we took her to the vet, he was shocked to see how quickly she had deteriorated. She was not that old (about 6 or 7 years) and the way she looked you would have thought she was 20 years old. He advised us to put her down because he felt she was suffering and he could not help her. He figured she was ‘eaten up’ with cancer of some kind.

The mark in the yard remained there for nearly five years. Every year snow melted off of it. Animals would not walk on it. There were no bugs in the soil. Even when the grass finally did begin to grow back, the grass in that place was thick, rubbery and kind of a bluish green color.

The dandelions that grew around the mark were three times the size of normal ones. The tomato plants my mom had out by the pool, were the size of grapefruits but when you tried to eat them, they were so acidic the skin on your lips would peel off. And the vines were as big around as my forearm.

The leaves on a patch of trees behind the mark withered, turned brown and fell off. The power line above the mark shorted out and blew a transformer, melted the wiring and blew out the tubes on the Heathkit HAM radios in the basement of the house, which was right next to the place in the yard.

Eventually, there were a couple of neighbors who came forward to say they had experienced strange things in their home the very night I had the experience, and one neighbor behind us who witness ‘hundreds’ of basketball size balls of white light, floating through the woods around the night I had my experience.

Budd Hopkins spent a ton of his own money doing a very thorough investigation of that night. I sold my washer and dryer to get a ticket to New York. I was subjected to an array of medical and psychological tests and even passed a voice stress (lie detector) test. Budd eventually wrote a book about my experiences and my family, titled: “Intruders, The Incredible Visitations at Copely Woods”.

In 1992, CBS did a mini series of the same name, with some excerpts from the book as scenes, starring Mare Winningham as me. And later still, in 1993, my sister Kathy Mitchell, and I wrote a follow up book titled, “Abducted! The Story of the Intruders Continues.”

I think of my dog, and the fate she met. In my heart, I believe whatever she encountered that night was directly related to her untimely death. And there is a part of me that STILL worries I will eventually have some kind of cancer related to my experience of that night. There is nothing I can do about it right now, except take good care of myself and hope for the best.

I often wonder what my life would have been like had I not had the experience. I can’t imagine. Truthfully, despite the obvious trauma, I don’t think I would change a thing. I have become a much stronger person. I don’t give credit to the experience or the ‘Intruders’, other than it FORCED ME to be strong, to survive and grow. And I kinda like that about me.

That is the story of this day. You know when you can name the date and time of an event, it MUST have made quite an impression on you.

June 30th, 1983, made such an impression on me that it actually crushed the old me while molding the new one. Now THAT’S a defining moment. Peace, Deb

NOTE: The above image is real but from another sighting.

KEN PFEIFER WORLD UFO PHOTOS AND NEWS

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOSANDNEWS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.UFOCASEBOOK.COM

GOOGLE..… KEN PFEIFER UFO

MILITARY JET CHASES ALIEN CRAFT OVER POLAND

Featured

JULY 6, 1983 …..SLUPSK POLAND

Slupsk Military Airport, July 6th 1983, 11:26 am. The Radar localized an UFO object that had transgressed Polish airspace. Mr. Stanislaw Z. noticed the officials. Shortly then alert was announced. In the following minutes captain Praszczalek would go in the direct contact with the UFO.

It is often that military services maintain that they don’t register similar events but it was always clear that also Polish army deals with pilots’ UFO encounters. There are many similar reports and the following one occurred in 1983 in Slupsk. The information was obtained from Mr. Marcin Wawrzak, an UFO enthusiast from Slupsk. It is a relation of a navigator, Mr. Stanislaw Z.

“On July 6th 1983 I was on commanding duty as a navigator. We received information that some Unidentified Flying Object appeared over an airport in Darlowo.”

Slupsk Military Airport, July 6th 1983, 11:26 am. The Radar localized an UFO object that had transgressed Polish airspace. Mr. Stanislaw Z. noticed the officials. Shortly then alert was announced. In the following minutes Cpt. Praszczalek would go in the direct contact with the UFO.

After several minutes, the pilot replied:

“I can see the target. It is steel in color, rotating around its axe, ‘throwing’ as a boomerang, without any exploratory marks, without any engines nor markings” – Stanislaw Z. told.

Cpt. Praszczalek’s report baffled the airport command. It was decided to notify the General Command of Air Forces in Warsaw. “In 20 minutes the decision came ordering the pilot to use fire. When I passed the command: “Fire!” to the pilot and I deliver limitations, he told: “The object made a sharp turn and disappeared!”

In the following moments chaos reigned onto military radars screens. Navigators began registering thousands of unknown signals. For the next 10 hours military aircrafts were unsuccessfully searching the entire area.

On the next day the Military Special Service members appeared in the base and began their investigation but its final verdict isn’t known. Stanislaw Z. refused to talk about the investigation. NOTE: The above image is CGI.

KEN PFEIFER WORLD UFO PHOTOS AND NEWS

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOSANDNEWS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.UFOCASEBOOK.COM

GOOGLE..…. KEN PFEIFER UFO

ALIEN ABDUCTION IN ALDERSHOT UNITED KINGDOM

Featured

AUGUST 12, 1983 …….ALDERSHOT ENGLAND

As 77-year-old Alfred Burtoo was fishing the Basingstoke Canal in the peaceful early hours of the morning of August 12, 1983, he saw a brilliant light descend from the sky and settle on the nearby towpath.

Thinking it must be a helicopter from the nearby MOD base, he took no notice, and poured himself a cup of tea from his Thermos flask. Then his dog, Tiny, began whining furiously and two figures emerged from the darkness.

“They were about four foot high, dressed in pale green coveralls from head to foot,” Burtoo told reporters. “And they had helmets of the same colour with a visor that was blacked out.”

The strangers gestured to Burtoo to accompany them. Calmly setting down his cup of tea, the intrepid pensioner follow them along the towpath towards a saucer-shaped craft. “I was 77 and didn’t have much to lose,” he later explained.

Inside the Saucer

Climbing up a set of steps into the saucer, Burtoo discovered that the ceiling was so low he had to stoop. He found himself inside a black, metallic octagonal chamber, which smelt slightly of decaying meat.

“I did not see any signs of nuts or bolts, nor did I see any seams where the object had been put together,” he recalled. “What did interest me most of all was a shaft that rose up from the floor to the ceiling. The shaft was about four feet in circumference, and on the right-hand side stood two forms similar to those that walked along the towpath with me.”

One of the beings told the old man to stand beneath an orange light, which appeared to scan him for a few minutes. “What is your age?” asked the entity, in a “sing-song” voice which sounded like “a mixture of Chinese and Russian”. When he replied that he was 78, it declared: “You can go. You are too old and infirm for our purposes.” Bemused, Burtoo climbed down from the saucer and returned to his fishing spot.

“The first thing I did… was to pick up my cold cup of tea and drink it,” he recalled. “And then I heard this whining noise, just as if an electric generator was starting up, and this thing lifted up then took off at a very high speed.”

Apparently unfazed by his bizarre encounter, Burtoo resumed the task at hand. “I got into what I had come out for – the fishing!” Despite his rather curt reception, he later declared his nocturnal adventure to have been “the greatest experience of my life”.

Quality Control?

Alfred Burtoo is not alone in having apparently failed an alien medical test. American abductee Carl Higdon believed that he had been rejected as a guinea pig for a hybrid breeding program because his captors discovered that he had had a vasectomy.

Likewise, Luis Oswald, an elderly Brazilian abducted in 1979 by beings who claimed to be from “a small galaxy near Neptune”, reported that she had endured a lengthy examination then been told she was “of no use”. NOTE: The above image is CGI.

KEN PFEIFER WORLD UFO PHOTOS AND NEWS

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOSANDNEWS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.UFOCASEBOOK.COM

Thanks to Jenny Randles: Alien Contact: The First 50 Years, p102. Timothy Good: Beyond Top Secret, pp87-93. Photograph of Burtoo-Timothy Good .

GOOGLE..…. KEN PFEIFER UFO

INCREDIBLE ALIEN CRAFT PHOTOS OVER GRODEK POLAND

Featured

AUGUST 22, 1983 ……BUG RIVER GRODEK POLAND

The photos were taken on 22nd August 1983 at 20:52 on a road between Molozew and Grodek on the Bug River.

In Grodek on the Bug river I carried out a photo class for young people from Wojewodztwo Siedleckie called “Grodek 83”. On the day before the observation, some apprentices shared with me following information:

“We have seen a UFO, it was a fantastic experience. Please, believe us.” I replied: “Who had invented this joke? You won’t trick me.”

Then I was overwhelmed with a great amount of details and it was often said that the UFO would surely appear on the next day. I didn’t believe them, but…I came forward with an idea that it would be an occasion to take some photos for a [post-session] exhibition presenting curves of the Bug river in Molozewo.

After supper we went to the mentioned location. We took some interesting photos waiting for the alleged UFO. The expected moment came but…nothing. At about 20:30 I said: “Let’s go back.” I heard: “Please, wait a while.”

I said that we could observe the sky on our way back to Grodek. Due to a fact that the alleged UFO was expected to appear behind us, one person was walking at the end [of the group] and observing the sky. We changed the subject of our conversation and soon we nearly forgot about the UFO (nobody prepared the camera in order to take a photo of the “spacecraft”).

Suddenly I could hear a scream: “Here is the UFO!”

Everyone turned backwards. Some were only observing the phenomenon and forgot about taking photos. Other began to look for the correct position to snap a photo, setting the parameters. I was also surprised.

After taking the first photo I noticed that I was illuminated – some red light descended on me. I took two additional photos observing the phenomenon and I wondered whether the UFO is an unknown meteorological phenomenon. It lasted about 20 seconds. Then a short calmness came.

“We said that UFO will come and it appeared.”

I replied: “I don’t know what it was – maybe a UFO or something else.” But I wondered why some of them were assured that UFO would appear on the next day at the same place.

All the way back to Grodek was spent on sharing experiences among us. We agreed on the color of the light that illuminated us and on the shape of the moving object.

The object was 300 – 500 meters away, or maybe less than this – it is hard to estimate that distance. We wondered if the object would be visible on the photo.

Alas, everyone had some disturbances with their cameras and the most of the pictures were blurred, in some cases very deeply. Presented photos on which “something” may be seen was taken by me.”

Photos were taken with BELPASCA camera. The witness mentioned also a fact that photos [due to a fact that they were taken with stereoscopic camera] should be almost identical but they aren’t.

KEN PFEIFER WORLD UFO PHOTOS AND NEWS

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOSANDNEWS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.UFOCASEBOOK.COM

GOOGLE..……. KEN PFEIFER UFO

MANY WITNESS ALIEN CRAFT OVER SWEDEN IN 1970.

Featured

On the evening of 29th into the 30th August, at around 11:30 pm and approximately 25 miles outside of Gothenburg near Lake Anten, Enebakken in Sweden, multiple residents of the area would witness one of the most bizarre evenings on record. Reports would suggest that at least 20 witnesses local to the area would observe a “brilliant color-changing ball” moving overhead. It was approximately at the height of the treetops, which were illuminated in the wash of the glow from the object.

One witness would describe the object as: …oblong with an indication of a cupola! What’s more, several of the witnesses would describe a soft humming sound that appeared to accompany the appearance of the object.

Another witness, Mr. Karlsson – a local farm owner, would claim that he was about to go to bed a little time before midnight. However, as he did so, he noticed that the cars outside were all stopping in the middle of the road. Sensing something out of the ordinary was underway, he was about to look outside when his son ran in stating that “something red in color” was moving over the town.

It was then that Karlsson saw the “strong red light” moving “to and fro” above the treetops. He would continue that the object “behaved so strangely” as it moved across the area. He would state how the speed would vary, and that the glowing red object would temporarily disappear “only to reappear” again a short time later.

Multiple Witnesses See The Same Thing!

Karlsson, along with his wife, would continue to watch the bizarre aerial vehicle as it traversed the nearby skies. They would venture outside for a short time but would watch most of the events from their window.

At one stage, Mr. Karlsson would recall that it appeared to land “at the meadow in front of the forest”. Shortly after this, they would witness yellow-white “beams of light” emanating from the object.

They would continue to watch the object for several hours, eventually returning to bed at around 2 am. When they did so, the object was still outside their home, although reports from other witnesses would state that the craft would disappear a short time after this time.

Another witness was Mr. Nilsson, who was one of the motorists who had stopped his car on the road when they saw the bizarre craft overhead. He would claim that it was just before 11:30 pm when he and a friend were driving along the highway when they noticed “a red light moving to and fro and up and down”. Every now and then, it would stand still. They would watch the light in their stopped vehicle for around ten minutes before going on with their journey.

At around the same time, Mrs. Aronsson, along with her friend, witnessed a “bright, illuminated ball” which was moving across the sky just above the trees. She would further describe the object as being an extremely bright red.

Another motorist, Mrs. Olsson was driving home with her husband after visiting friends. They would notice a strange glowing object at just short of half-past midnight. They would describe the object as looking similar to a “rear lamp on a car” and watched it for 3 to 4 minutes before carrying on their way.

More Witnesses On The Other Side Of The Town!

As well as the witnesses on the road near to Karlsson’s farm, there were eight further witnesses who would observe events from the other side of the town.

For example, Mr. Johansson would claim he, his wife and two friends first witnessed a bright, red ball above the area at around 11:45 pm. Like other witnesses, they would further state that the object was the typical size as one might expect to view the full moon. Aside from the bizarre movements, only the bright, glowing red color indicated that it wasn’t our celestial companion.

Like the other witnesses, Johansson and his group watched the object moving up and down and “to and fro” over the top of the trees of the forest. At one stage, they would even recall seeing “something like a beam of light coming from the ground”. They would recall looking that the light was “constant” and reflected off the surface of the nearby lake.

In fact, so intrigued was Johansson, that he and the husband of the other couple with them jumped into their car and attempted to drive to the source of the light near the forest. However, as they negotiated the roadways to the woodland, they would notice another car pulled up on the side of the road. In it were two gentlemen who were also attempting to locate the source of the light.

As the four witnesses discussed the situation, the lights suddenly went out. Johansson and his friend would turn their car around and then return home. Who the two gentlemen were and where they went following the exchange with Johansson and his friend remains a mystery.

Johansson and the other witnesses in his car would see the strange glowing object again at around 1 am from their home.

An Object That Weight Five Tons And No More Than 28 Feet Across!

Johansson would prove to be a vital witness in the sighting. Not least as it was on his land that he and several of the others in his group would discover the strange indentions on the ground, near to where the lights appeared to be shining upward the previous evening.

The indentions were approximately 10 feet apart in an equilateral triangle. What’s more, they were a near-perfect circle approximately 40 cm in width and around 7 cm in depth. The depth of these impressions would suggest that the object that made them was extremely heavy.

Mr. Limu, who performed investigations at the scene, would estimate that the object likely had a weight in excess of 75 feet at each of the indention points. Furthermore, this would suggest to Limu that the object had an overall weight of five tons. Even how the indentions were made would suggest that the object that made them had most likely come from above.

This, of course, would not only match the witness statements that claimed to see the glowing object land in a meadow near the forest. But also, that the lights seen by multiple witnesses were by and large in the same area as the indentions now were.

Furthermore, given there were no broken trees or branches around the indentions, Limu would estimate that the object could have been a maximum of 28 feet across. NOTE: The above image is CGI.

KEN PFEIFER WORLD UFO PHOTOS AND NEWS

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOSANDNEWS.ORG

THANKS TO https://www.ufoinsight.com

GOOGLE..…….. KEN PFEIFER UFO

ALIEN CRAFT ENCOUNTER OVER INDIAN POINT REACTOR IN NEW YORK

Featured

JULY 24, 1984 ….INDIAN POINT REACTOR NEW YORK STATE

The threat of UFOs compromising reactor security, as if the nuclear industry didn’t have enough to deal with already, became a very real concern in 1984.

Although of- ficials won’t admit it, several researchers have information That New York’s Indian Point Reactor complex endured such a UFO problem during the long siege of sightings that happened throughout the state’s Hudson Valley area.

The portrayal of the event in this article is based primarily on the disclosures of unnamed sources.

The summer of 1984 was a troublesome season for authorities at the Indian Point nuclear reactor complex in Buchanan, New York.

Two UFO appearances, one of which was verified by Carl Patrick, director of nuclear information for the New York Power Authority (NYPA), and later documented by the press and the 1987 book Night Siege, apparently put the normally tight security of the plant to a severe test.

The first event entailed the brief flyover of a huge craft, witnessed by three security policemen on June 14.

That was followed ten days later by a UFO incident of unprecedented impact. It was one of hundreds of UFO sightings in the Hudson Valley, but one the nuclear workers won’t soon forget.

“Here comes that UFO again!” an Indian Point security guard is said to have yelled on the night of July 24, 1984, alerting other security personnel by way of the plant’s internal communications system.

A UFO, variously described as looking like “an ice cream cone” and “boomerang,” had lazily drifted over to Reactor #3-the only active reactor at the time-lingering about 300 feet above the domed construction for some ten minutes, sending security officials into an uproar.

Now, six years later, the principal UFO researcher on the case admits that many aspects of the event remain confusing and undisclosed. And although he’s still receiving information, Philip Imbrogno calls his own lengthy investigation “stagnant.”

“Every time new information comes up or I get a lead on something, I get very reluctant to deal with it again,” said Imbrogno, who heads the science department at the Windward School in White Plains, New York.

“The entire case has caused me quite a bit of pressure…

The event would indicate that whatever appeared over there, our state-of-the-art technology in defense was unable to deal with it.”

He suggests that from what his sources have said, a military aspect came into play. The Indian Point UFO represented an intolerable security breach. Military customers?

Imbrogno says that it is precisely that aspect which has had a lasting effect, and which has generated repercussions that continue to this day. But according to the New York Power Authority, which oversees the reactor complex, Indian Point itself has no direct military customers.

Reactor #3 primarily services local and state facilities in New York City and Westchester County, including local school districts, the New York City subway systems and some of New York’s trains.

Most importantly, in Imbrogno’s mind, are several military installations in and around Duchess County, which allegedly get their power from Indian Point.

According to his sources, these are primarily satellite receiving stations, and “a number of other military operations of which we can only guess,” Imbrogno says.

The official agency overseeing the reactor complex is the New York Power Authority, although Consolidated Edison has jurisdiction over Reactor #2 and is sold use of #3 for extensive transmissions to New York residential users and, perhaps, military facilities such as Camp Smith, an Air National Guard base located north of Peekskill. (Reactor #l is inactive.)

It was NYPA whose officials apparently spent considerable human energy trying to dissuade Imbrogno from writing about the July 24 event, concerned he would release information vital to the plant’s security.

“I think other agencies were using (the NYPA) to harass me,” he said, noting that he was constantly subjected to their repetitive phone calls, threatening that he would be forced to appear at a hearing on the incident.

(He was never subpoenaed, but Imbrogno subsequently, and perhaps coincidentally, was audited by the IRS four times.)

The compulsion to publish was undeniable; of what may have been as many as 70 UFO witnesses among Indian Point personnel, a number quietly sought out Imbrogno, and on the condition of anonymity provided him with the vital facts which led to the production of Night Siege (co-written with Bob Pratt and J. Allen Hynek.)

“My sources involve people who work in security for the plant and also people in secretarial and janitorial positions,” he said.

“The only problem is that getting anything on paper- documentation, something official-is very, very hard, I have unofficial confirmation right now that a number of documents pertaining to the sighting do exist at the Nuclear Regulatory Commission.”

Normally, NRC records can be opened to the public under terms of the Freedom of Information Act, but when he in- quired, Imbrogno was informed that the documents were being held at the reactor complex, and as such were protected under national security regulations.

“It’s a joint sort of thing,” he said, “In other words, although the NRC is pretty open to the public, if they want to keep a document classified, they’ll store it with another agency. I have an inside secretarial source who’s actually seen the documents filed.”

The NYPA’s Patrick denies that any such documentation exists, and dismisses the incident by claiming that all Hudson Valley UFO sightings were later identified as light aircraft.

There was no videotape taken by on-site surveillance cameras, Patrick insists, or audio recording of oral communications, both pieces of evidence which Imbrogno strongly feels do exist and are being retained somewhere.

According to Imbrogno’s sources, a security shake-up ensued the very next day. “A number of agencies came in, including the NRC and military personnel, and they supposedly cleaned out everything. You have to remember that with nuclear reactors, you’re only going to get 10 percent of the real story.

They’re overly terrified of bad publicity, and are really afraid of the anti-nuclear groups, which can cause trouble. Anything that happens is immediately covered up, including UFO sightings.”

An ‘irregularity’

Imbrogno further alleges that shortly after the UFO infringement, a crack in the reactor’s casing was discovered. The public didn’t hear about such a situation until a year later; the NYPA’s Patrick denied any “crack,” although he did recall a time when Reactor #2 may have developed an “irregularity.”

Imbrogno says, “[Indian Point officials] made a public statement that operations were not affected, that everything was normal. But I’ve been told by several people that they lost power, the security system dropped, and the reactor controls went crazy. Apparently it was caused by the UFO.”

No way, says the NYPA.

“Any implication that the sightings of these [light aircraft] in any way affected Reactor #3 is false”, Patrick said. Imbrogno’s sources indicate otherwise. Supposedly, a mass of sophisticated, high-accuracy tracking equipment was installed at the complex, enabling security to quickly generate a computer image of whatever aircraft might be affecting the equipment.

Apparently such problems are still going on. Patrick would not comment on what kinds of security equipment protect Indian Point, but stressed that nothing new has been installed since the incident.

Imbrogno is also suspicious that the armed security forces at the site may have had reason to attempt firing on the craft, again an allegation flatly refuted by the NYPA.

“I know a number of helicopters with rocket launchers were sent up and followed the craft for some distance,” Imbrogno commented, citing his anonymous sources for the info.

“When these helicopters went on their way, the object moved off and started crossing the Hudson, and disappeared up north.”

Officials will not talk to Imbrogno, nor answer his letters, he says. UFO spoke with Cliff Spieler, vice president at the New York Power Authority. He, like Patrick, basically dismisses the entire affair.

“Having looked into this thing and living two miles from Indian Point, think the UFO reports are nonsense,” he said.

“All Hudson Valley UFO sightings] are linked to small planes flying out of Duchess County.”

At one time, officials speaking for Indian Point made their position quite clear to Imbrogno, “They said, ‘you can cooperate with us, or you don’t have to cooperate with us.

If you don’t cooperate with us, you have to face the consequences, because you are dealing in an area of national security. The incident that took place over there involved national security because it was a breach of security at a nuclear reactor.’ But they weren’t ready to say who was breaching security!”

In considering the “who,” Imbrogno took in a number of hypotheses, including the possibility that the incident was an elaborate test flight of a secret military craft, such as the B-2 Stealth bomber, or a covertly-planned contingency test of the plant’s security operations, carried out under the guise of a UFO overflight.

Nothing is impossible, he’ll admit. But the most tenable answer, he feels, is that the UFO was an extraterrestrial craft. “I don’t think our government could be so bold with a craft of the kind that appeared at Indian Point,” he said.

“Talking to these security people, and looking into their eyes,” his voice trailed,” . . . they tell a story of this one cop who got up on the roof below the UFO, and the thing started moving a little bit. He pulled out his gun, looked at it, then put the gun back in his holster and ducked!

The people who were telling these stories are not familiar with the UFO literature. If I really wanted to go into this, with no fear of what would happen to me, I’m sure there’s an incredible story here.

I am still being given information about certain things going on there-In the nighttime, people seeing little creatures coming through the walls of the casing on the reactor, and military personnel indicating ‘we’re aware of these creatures and we don’t care if they’re from outer space-shoot ’em!’

On a newscast on Channel 7 in New York, they were interviewing one guy, and he said, ‘I saw it going over the reactor! I think they’re sucking the power from it! That’s what they’re doing!’ But a civilization that has this type of vehicle- any intelligence, whatever it is-I’m sure doesn’t need nuclear energy.”

Editor’s Note: In a letter to UFO Magazine shortly after this article was written, Imbrogno added to his remarks.

“It is hard to believe that people like John Lear and Bill Cooper are revealing ‘top secret’ information with little or no repercussions.

I just poked my nose a little too deep into an area of national security and got my ears pinned back for it. My next step is to approach this in a legal way by asking for an investigation (preferably by a member of Congress) to find out how and why the security at this government reactor was violated and why information is being withheld.” NOTE: The above image is CGI.

KEN PFEIFER WORLD UFO PHOTOS AND NEWS

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOSANDNEWS.ORG

THANKS TO HTTP://WWW.UFOCASEBOOK.COM

GOOGLE KEN PFEIFER UFO

UFO CLOSE ENCOUNTER AND POSSIBLE MISSING TIME IN NEW YORK

Featured

SUMMER 1984 ……WHALEY LAKE IN HOLMES NEW YORK

Here is what happened to myself and my best friend back in the summer of 1984. The interaction we experienced took place on Whaley Lake in Holmes, New York (southern Dutchess county).

This event happened right after one of the incidents at Indian Point Nuclear facility, which is about 30 miles southwest of our location. I and my best friend decided to go out to look at stars as it was clear that night, so at dusk 8:30-ish we got in a small aluminum row boat powered by an electric motor and set out across the lake towards the train tracks (1/3 mile east).

There was a lot of activity in the sky such as heat lightning, planes and what sounded like the end of a fireworks show far off in the distance-the low thud type explosions. After about a 20 minute ride in the boat, we were looking in opposite directions of the sky and I saw a searchlight scanning the railroad tracks on the south middle side of the lake and told my friend who laughed and said I was seeing things.

Then I told him it was back and this time he saw it also-when we discovered there was no sound and therefore no helicopter or plane for it to come from, we freaked out, then it vanished.

I can estimate that the distance from our boat to the railroad tracks that were “searched” by this light was less than 200 feet more likely closer and bear in mind on a lake at night we can hear people speaking in a normal voice across the lake as sound carries and there are very few houses in that location.

I remember it as a white light and it was shinning down and moving as if it was searching the tracks, then looking up and wondering where the hell it was coming from.

After we talked about this we headed North between the big island (houses on it) and the tracks (further North you go there are no houses on that side of the lake) about a 1/2 mile. We passed the end of the island and continued North and saw an incredible bright fluttering light that was about 15 to 20 feet above the tracks and coming out of the woods and my immediate thought was “Oh, it’s a train,” which quickly turned to fear as it stopped at the edge of the tracks and the water and again not a sound at all.

So my friend and I turned off the putt-putt motor as we called it, and were wondering what the hell it was and by now we were very scared (I was 19 and my friend was the same age), after watching for a short while we decided to turn the motor (electric) and headed right towards it, as soon as we began to move it began to move directly towards us and before we met we turned the boat around and retreated and the light did the same.

Now let me try to describe the light-it was the brightest thing I have ever seen and although it was stationary it was in constant motion fluttering white amber green are the colors I recall, a sort of fireball more than an object.

We again headed towards the light and it again headed to us, we chickened out again. At last we said let’s go for it and see what happens, and this time we met somewhere in the middle.

The light went around the boat and I could not see it, and asked my friend where it was. At this time he was illuminated by a light and I could feel heat on my back shoulder, and my friend cried out, “It’s behind you.”

I would estimate it was 15 feet behind the boat and about that same height off the water give or take a few feet. I asked my friend what he felt like as this light was still on him and he replied almost in tears that it felt like every molecule in his body was being vibrated.

We were terrified and I would say from the time we saw the light flying down the train tracks until it disappeared was 15 to 20 minutes , perhaps 5 minutes directly at the boat fluttering around it. I just remember it being gone and only seeing a light , my friend had a sense of a craft also.

Some other points are as follows: this all happened not far from the island where we could hear people talking and enjoying themselves on a nice summer night on the lake, and it was as if no one saw it. We were maybe 1/3 of a mile away (at one point we were yelling). We headed back to the lake house and when we got in the house the light was on and the boom box was on and a tape was playing and it was stuck, like repeating itself.

There’s no way we left either on as we had just gotten in trouble with my stepfather who owns the house for going out and leaving the lights on (no other family members were home). And then there’s the timeline: it was around midnight when we got home, yet we estimated that the entire boat ride should have been 90 minutes and we left around 8:30 at dusk maybe 8:45 .

I am 41 years old and own and operate a small masonry business. I have lost track of my friend since 1989-I did locate him in the fall of 2006, and after not speaking for 17 years, he answered the phone and within 15 minutes I got right to that interaction we had and asked him to recall any and every detail.

He did as if it was last week. We both witnessed the exact same thing and were within 15 feet of it. We have never reported this to any authorities and if I was alone I would be convinced I was insane.

I have always considered getting hypnotized to have a tape recording of perhaps more details but never have. I have always tried to convince myself our timeline is off and no missing time exists, but my friend who recalled more vivid details and exact times is positive we were not out that long. NOTE: The above image is real and was captured by a trail camera in New York State.

KEN PFEIFER WORLD UFO PHOTOS AND NEWS

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOSANDNEWS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.UFOCASEBOOK.COM

GOOGLE KEN PFEIFER UFO

VERY STRANGE ALIEN ORB ENCOUNTER IN ALASKA

Featured

DECEMBER 19, 2013 ……NORTH POLE AREA ALASKA

At approximately 9pm this evening, my fiancé and I were relaxing on the couch watching television. The lights in the house were off. When we watch television we are facing one small and one large picture window that looks out onto our wooded yard. Our house is tucked into a forested lot so that even the headlights from the very occasional passing car going to and from a neighbors house is not seen from our living room. There are very few houses on our road.

As we watched our show at least 3 bright orange flashes of light flew from the right side of our house in the air the whole time and moved across to the left. Even though it only lasted a few seconds it was clear that the light originated and continued in the air, though maybe not tree top height. The trees around our property average about 20-30 feet high. From where the flashes originated there is nothing but wooded property and our garage.

The flashes seemed to be no more than 6-10 feet off the ground but grew in height. My fiancée thought something in the garage had exploded. However, there was never any sound at all. I thought the lights to the truck had flashed a few times.

My fiancé ran out onto our front deck to look and see what it was but there was nothing there. Nothing was out of place.

The lights were bright orange and clear quick flashes with 3-5 of them successively within the span of 3-5 seconds. They moved from right to left completely silently and were so bright they lit up our front yard (which is about the size of the parking lot of a small business) and all the trees in our yard. To give you an idea of how big our yard is, we could probably park 30-40 cars in our front yard alone.

I don’t know if it’s at all related or not but last night (the night before this happened) around 3:30 in the morning, our dog who sleeps on her bed in the living room, came into our bedroom and alerted to something in the living room or at the front door. This is out of character for her. Just as she woke me, I heard a very slight sound but I could not pinpoint the sound. It seemed to resonate throughout the house. It was a very slight but deep sound. You could liken it to a (Wah-Wah-Wah-wah) sound. I could feel this sound just as much as I could hear it and I can’t explain it better than that. It lasted for just as long as it took me to walk the few feet from our bedroom to the living room. Then it was just gone. It just immediately stopped.

I have a really tough time falling asleep last night. The dog acted as if there was someone at the door and I felt like there was too but our motion sensor lights weren’t on and I saw no one. I felt the weird need to sleep in my f! our year olds bed with him at that point. At this point, my healthy ((xx-years)) old dog would not leave my side.

Suddenly, my dog collapsed onto the floor and laid there with her eyes open but not blinking. She would not respond to my voice or my touch. She would not even respond to my commands. This scared me. About two or three minutes later she came to again and acted totally normal again. It seemed as if she had been drugged but of course she had not.

I am a college educated ((deleted)). I also hold a degree in ((deleted)). I do believe that we are not the only intelligent life out there. However, like most people I have never encountered anything personally that would give me that absolute undeniable truth. I’m not going to say that this experience is that undeniable truth.

To be quite honest, I don’t and I can’t know what this was that we saw but it is a very strange experience and it happened just as I have told you. NOTE: The above real image is from a similar sighting in California.

KEN PFEIFER WORLD UFO PHOTOS AND NEWS

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOSANDNEWS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.NUFORC.ORG

GOOGLE KEN PFEIFER UFO

AMAZING ALIEN CRAFT PHOTO AND ENCOUNTER FROM SOUTHBURY CONNECTICUT

Featured

MAY 26. 1985 …….NEWTOWN-SOUTHBURY CONNECTICUT

Between 9;30 and 10;15 PM more than 200 people phoned local and state police to report a huge object with bright lights flying low over the highway near the towns of Newtown and Southbury in Connecticut. Those witnesses that called state police in Southbury were told that it was nothing more than a group of Ultra light aircraft from Candlewood airport flying in close formation and hanging colored lanterns from the bottom of the plane. The police also told witnesses that the aircraft were painted black so that all that can be seen is the lights. Many of the witnesses to the phenomenon found it very hard to believe the official explanation.

One witnesses to the UFO was Mrs. Betty Proulx of Middlebury who said that the object hovered over her house without a sound for over two minutes.here was no doubt in her mind that what she was looking at was one solid object.When Mr. Proulx heard about the explanation he could not accept it since he was in the air division of the Navy. “It was one craft and like no aircraft that I have ever seen in my life”.

Another witnesses was Mr. Randy Etting a commercial airline pilot with over thirty years of experience. Mr. Etting said that the idea of the ultra light theory “is the prattling of idiots” Mr. Etting observed the lights from his home in Newtown Connecticut at about 9:45 PM. He said that there were at least eight lights of different colors flying very close together and without a sound. As the object passed his home he observed it in a pair of 7 X 35 binoculars. Mr. Etting told me that the UFO was one object and he saw some type of heat waves coming from the object which distorted the area around the lights. Mr. Etting watched the object with neighbors and his son for over ten minutes as it slowly drifted to the north west. All the witnesses agree that the UFO was one solid object and round in appearance.

The Etting party was observing the UFO while it was passing close to I-84. At this time over a dozen cars pulled over to view the UFO as it passed overhead. One witness a Charlie Tuperman described what happened that night.

“It was about 9:30 or so and I was driving East on 84 around the Southbury area when I noticed these lights ahead of me. They were low and it looked like a 747 was going to land on the highway.This thing had about ten lights in kind of a half circle and the lights were yellow, green, blue, white and red. This thing was going very slow and moving from the east to the west. All of a sudden every one on both sides of the road began slamming on their brakes and pulling over to the side. It was a dangerous thing to do since there were several trucks apparently trying the same thing. I pulled over and watched this thing pass directly over the west bound lanes. I saw a dark mass behind the lights and there was no sound. I saw the lights of a state trooper just ahead of me and I figured he was called to see what was going on. Then all of a sudden this thing gets real bright, I mean all the lights just got ten times brighter for about ten seconds or so, then they faded to where they were before and that is about as bright as a planes wing lights. That really scared me. I wanted to get going because I thought there was some type of invasion or something,I just wanted to get home. Besides I was afraid of some trucker plowing into my car. I watched it head west and lost it . I turned on the radio for news, but didn’t hear anything about any UFOs on any of the local stations”.

At about 10:00 after the series of sightings in the I-84 area. The UFO was seen heading to the west. It was then seen in the New Milford Connecticut area by a Robert Nellis his friend Jeff and Mr. Nellis dog. They were all in Nellis car off a side road off Route 7 in the northern area of New Milford. They were driving home after a long day of boating upstate along the Connecticut river.The dog began to bark and cry and at that point Jeff looked over to the northeast to see a number of bright lights hovering over a stand of pine trees less than a quarter mile away. They stopped the car and at that time their car radio began to sound “funny” with all types of strange sounding static that interfered with the station that they were listening to.

They stopped the car and continued to watch the lights. At this moment the lights began to move slowly towards them. They were amazed at the size of the object, “larger than a football field”. The dog continued to bark as the object passed over their car . Neil looked up and saw a very dark structure connecting the lights that extended toward the rear of the object. He said it was teardrop in shape and the lights in the front were in a half circle.The object was so large he said that” it covered the sky and blocked out everything overhead”

The object he said was made of some type of “dark grey material with very little reflect ability”. There was no sound and they estimated that the giant UFO was no more than 500 feet above their car. The UFO then passed over their car and then shifted towards the north. They both noticed some type of flashing lights under the object that gave the impression as if something was moving. They watched the UFO slowly move away. The total duration of the sighting was ten minutes, however both men arrived home forty minutes later. This is could be a case of missing time, or the witnesses observed the object longer than they thought.

Neil would call me for several days after my interview with him since he felt “uneasy and upset” about his Close Encounter. My research team and I are still investigating this case and it seems that it may be another of the many missing time cases that are escalating in the area.

This UFO was so bright and large that it was only a matter of time before someone would come forward with a photograph. To our surprise we were contacted by a person of high standing in the Southbury area who took a picture of the object as it moved very slowly over I-84 at about 9:30 PM. The photographer wishes to remain anonymous since his position is very sensitive. He his a very highly trained college educated man who fears that the publicity surrounding the photograph could hurt his career. He gave us full rights to the photograph and his sighting account providing we do not use his real name. We will refer to him as David. (This person was actually Randy Etting; B J)

David was on I-84 on Official business when he saw the lights. The lights were in the northwest and heading east. As he watched, the object tilted and all the lights got much brighter.He was pulled off the road at the time and had his camera ready. The UFO was about 45 degrees above the horizon. Due to traffic he had time to take only one picture. His camera was a 35 mm with a 50 mm lens at 1.8, the film type was Kodacolor ASA 400 and the exposure was 1/60th of a second, or 1/125.

He was not sure of the setting, but feels it was 1/60th of a second. The object then moved toward the east without a sound. During an interview with this researcher, David told me that the he was sure there was a solid object behind the lights. He also said that when the object turned it looked like the lights on the sides were pulling out from the main mass, but he realized that this effect was due to the object changing position from his point of view.

Several photo-analysis experts are now looking at the photograph. Our initial study showed that the image is without a doubt hanging in the sky above the ground. Also the photograph was looked at by Dr. Willy Smith a scientists and UFO researcher of some repute. Dr. Smith’s initial calculations show the object to be anywhere from 650-1600 across! We believe that this photograph is one of the best nighttime UFO pictures taken in the past twenty years. There were quite a few witnesses to the sighting over a twenty-five mile radius, all reporting the same thing. A close examination of the original negative shows that the lights are reflecting off of some type of structure in the central part of the object.Also the lights are in a perfect half circle. There is no doubt that what ever the UFO photograph represents it is one solid object. We hope to get more data on the photograph and the sightings in the weeks to come. I have taken an add in the local papers asking for videos and photographs and sighting accounts from that night.

What about the theory that the UFO is nothing more than Ultra lights from Candlewood airport. We questioned state police on this theory. An officer stated that they made a mistake about the airport, it wasn’t Candlewood but Stormville airport. A flight instructor at Stormville later told us that there is only one Ultra light at Stormville and it only flies in the day since it is illegal for them to fly at night.

The UFO sightings in the Northeast continue. In the days to follow I received several calls from witnesses who saw formations of military helicopters in the sighting area. One witnesses took a picture of this formation. Is the government involved in the mysterious happenings over the Connecticut area? Many of the residents feel that the government is well aware of the UFO and is doing its best to play down the sightings by explaining them away.

I called nearby Bradley international airport to find out if they had any information about the sightings. I was informed by air traffic control that no formations or large aircraft were tracked on radar at that location and time.

I was also told that unless the “aircraft” have transponders (a device placed in aircraft that helps identify them on radar) in them they would not be picked up at that location at an altitude of less than 2,000 feet. I have enough witnesses in different locations at the same time observing the UFO to determine that the approximate altitude was between 1,000 and 1300 feet.

Based on this information my calculations indicate that the span of lights was at least 900 feet! Its apparent size in the sky was quite large, this is evident by the image on the 35 mm frame that takes up almost half the negative.

It is obvious from the photograph and by the witness statements that something more than ultra light aircraft was in the sky over Connecticut that night.

KEN PFEIFER WORLD UFO PHOTOS AND NEWS

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOSANDNEWS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.UFOCASEBOOK.COM

GOOGLE KEN PFEIFER UFO

PILOT AND CREW’S ALIEN CRAFT ENCOUNTER OVER ALASKA

Featured

NOVEMBER 16, 1986 ……FLIGHT FROM PARIS TO ALASKA

It was just a routine flight. Well, not exactly routine… It was a special Japan Air Lines 747 cargo flight to carry a load of French wine from Paris to Tokyo.

The flight plan would carry flight 1628 from Paris to Reykjavik, Iceland, across the North Atlantic and Greenland, then across Canada to Anchorage, Alaska, and finally across the Pacific to Tokyo.

Be sure to check out this article from the Black Vault: 17 YEARS after being told the documents relating to this event were destroyed — I finally found them!

The crew consisted of veteran Captain Kenju Terauchi, co-pilot Takanori Tamefuji, and flight engineer Yoshio Tsukuba.

On November 16, 1986, laden with wine, JAL1628 took off from Paris and flew the first leg of the trip, to Reykjavik. The next day, they continued, flying over Greenland and then across northern Canada without event.

Just after they crossed into Alaska, at 5:09 PM local time, Anchorage Air Traffic Control contacted them on the radio to report initial radar contact. The Anchorage flight controller asked them to turn 15 degrees to the left and head for a point known as Talkeetna on a heading of 215 degrees. They were at 35,000 feet and traveling at a ground speed of about 600 mph.

At about 5:11 PM local time, Captain Terauchi noticed the lights of some sort of aircraft about 2000 feet below and 30 degrees to the left front of them. He decided that the aircraft was probably an American jet fighter from nearby Eielson or Elmendorf Air Force Bases patrolling Alaskan airspace, so he ignored them at first.

However, after a few minutes, he noticed that the lights were keeping pace with his own aircraft, which would be an unusual thing for patrolling jets to do.

It was about seven or so minutes since we began paying attention to the lights (when), most unexpectedly, two spaceships stopped in front of our face, shooting off lights. The inside cockpit shined brightly and I felt warm in the face.

Terauchi said that it was his impression that the two objects he had seen below them minutes before had suddenly jumped in from of him. The craft, one above the other, kept pace with the 747 for several minutes, moving in unison with an odd rocking motion.

After about seven minutes, they changed to a side-by-side arrangement.

Terauchi said that the “amber and whitish” lights were like flames coming out of multiple rocket exhaust ports arranged in two rectangular rows on the craft. He felt that they fired in a particular sequence to stabilize the craft, much like the small maneuvering thrusters on the Space Shuttle.

He also reported seeing sparks like a fire when using gasoline or carbon fuel.

Co-pilot Tamefuji described the lights as “Christmas assorted” lights with a “salmon” color. He said: I remember red or orange, and white landing light, just like a landing light. And weak green, ah, blinking. He also described the lights as pulsating slowly. They became stronger, became weaker., became stronger, became weaker, different from strobe lights.

The lights were “swinging” in unison as if there were “very good formation flight… close” of two aircraft side by side.

He described the appearance of the lights as similar to seeing “night flight head-on traffic,” where it is only possible to see the lights on an approaching aircraft and “we cannot see the total shape.”

He said, I’m sure I saw something. It was clear enough to make me believe that there was an oncoming aircraft.

Flight engineer Tsukuba, who sat behind the copilot, did not have as good a view of the lights. He first saw them “through the L1 window at the 11 o’clock position,” and he saw “clusters of lights undulating.”

These clusters were “made of two parts… shaped like windows of an airplane.”

He emphasized that “the lights in front of us were different from town lights.”

He described the colors as white or amber.

Tamefuji decided to call Anchorage Air Traffic Control, and for the next thirty minutes the 747 and AARTCC were in constant contact regarding the UFO.

During this time, Captain Terauchi asked Tskububa to hand him a camera so that he could attempt to take a photograph of the lights. However, Terauchi was unfamiliar with the camera and could not get it to operate. Tsukuba also could not get his camera to operate due to problems with the auto-focus and finally gave up trying to take a photo.

At this point they began experiencing some radio interference and were asked by Anchorage to change frequencies. Terauchi later said that Anchorage kept asking him about clouds in the immediate area:

They asked us several times if there were clouds near our altitude. We saw thin and spotty clouds near the mountain below us, no clouds in mid-to-upper air, and the air current was steady.

Soon after the exchanges about clouds, the objects flew off to the left. Terauchi said later: “There was a pale white flat light in the direction where the ships flew away, moving in a line along with us, in the same direction and same speed and at the same altitude as we were.”

Terauchi decided to see whether they could see anything on the 747’s own radar:

“I thought it would be impossible to find anything on an aircraft radar if a large ground radar did not show anything, but I judged the distance of the object visually and it was not very far.

“I set the digital weather radar distance to 20 (nautical) miles, radar angle to horizon (i.e., no depression angle). There it was on the screen. A large green and round object had appeared at 7 or 8 miles (13 km to 15 km) away, where the direction of the object was.

” We reported to Anchorage center that our radar caught the object within 7 or 8 miles in the 10 o’clock position. We asked them if they could catch it on ground radar, but it did not seem they could catch it at all.”

At 5:25:45, after spending two minutes looking, the military radar at Elmendorf Regional Operational Control Center also picked up something. The ROCC radar controller reported back to the AARTCC that he was getting some “surge primary return.” By this he meant an occasional radar echo unaccompanied by a transponder signal.

As the 747 neared Fairbanks:

“The lights (of the city) were extremely bright to eyes that were used to the dark. (The cockpit lights had been turned off to eliminate window reflections of internal lights.) We were just above the bright city lights and we checked the pale white light behind us.

” Alas! There was a silhouette of a gigantic spaceship.

“We must run away quickly! Anchorage Center.”

The JAL1628 is requesting a change of course to right 45 degrees.” It felt like a long time before we received permission.”

Just after the plane turned to the right, the AARTCC controller called the Fairbanks Approach Radar controller to find out whether or not the short-range radar had a target near the JAL. The approach radar reported no target other than JAL1628.

The plane came out of the turn and flew toward Talkeetna at an altitude of 31,000 ft, with the object still following.

At about 5:40, a United Airlines passenger jet took off from Anchorage and headed north to Fairbanks. The AARTCC controller decided to ask the UA pilot to try to see the object that was following the JAL flight.

The UA pilot said he would look when he got closer. The controller asked the JAL flight to stay at 31,000 ft, and the UA flight to stay at 29,000 ft. He then directed the UA flight to turn some more so that the planes would pass within five miles of one another.

As the United Airlines jet got closer, the UFO apparently dropped behind, allowing the JAL plane to get far ahead. The United pilot asked the AARTCC to have the JAL pilot flash the headlights on the JAL aircraft so he could locate the plane.

At 5:49:45 the JAL pilot did that. At this point the planes were about 25 miles apart.

When the planes were about 12 miles apart, the UA plane reported seeing the JAL plane and nothing else. But by this time the UFO had apparently disappeared, not being seen by JAL1628, either.

At about 5:51, the AARTCC requested that a military TOTEM flight in the area also fly toward the JAL plane for a look. During the next several minutes TOTEM viewed the JAL plane, but couldn’t see any other traffic. JAL1628 proceeded to Anchorage and landed at 6:20 PM. NOTE: The above image is CGI.

KEN PFEIFER WORLD UFO PHOTOS AND NEWS

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOSANDNEWS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.UFOCASEBOOK.COM

TWO PILOTS CLOSE ENCOUNTER WITH AN ALIEN CRAFT

Featured

JANUARY 30, 1987 ……ALASKA SKIES

On January 30, 1987, a US Air Force KC-135 was flying from Elmendorf AFB in Anchorage, Alaska, to Eielson AFB near Fairbanks.

The crew of the KC-135 reported a large, silent, disc-shaped UFO at about 20,000 feet altitude. At this time, Anchorage radar control showed nothing unusual.

In a moment, radar control asked the pilot of the plane if they still had the unknown object in sight. The frightened pilot replied yes, and added that the UFO was only 40 feet from the plane.

The cockpit recording referenced the JAL – 1628 incident, which had occurred only a month earlier.

About 1/2 hour later, Anchorage Control Tower relayed a message from the FAA, informing the pilot to contact them upon landing. The FAA wanted a full report on the UFO seen by the crew.

The very next day, on January 31, another similar sighting would occur over Alaskan skies. Alaska Airline’s Flight 53 reported enormous, disc-like objects.

These UFOs, according to the pilot’s report, were “tracking” Flight 53. The Control Tower operator related to the pilot that they did not show anything unusual on their radar.

The pilot of Flight 53 was very concerned, stating that the UFO was moving at a mile/per/second, which would be about 3,600 m/p/h.

The pilot also stated that the UFO had almost immediately disappeared after flying under Flight 53.

Neither of the two encounters were adequately explained by any conventional flying objects, or atmospheric anomalies, and remain a mystery. NOTE: The above image is CGI.

KEN PFEIFER WORLD UFO PHOTOS AND NEWS

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOSANDNEWS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.UFOCASEBOOK.COM

GOOGLE .…… KEN PFEIFER UFO

HUSBAND AND WIFE’S ALIEN CRAFT ENCOUNTER IN N.J.

Featured

MARCH 13, 2020 ……RAMSEY NEW JERSEY


In March my husband and I were returning on foot from our local Shoprite grocery store, which is within walking distance from our condo community. It was past 8 pm and as we approached our unit we observed a large stationary ball of bright light high in the sky. We also noticed that there was no sound whatsoever. This caught our attention as we live in the NYC suburbs and are in the flight path of Teterboro Airport and Newark International. JFK and La Guardia airports are also not so far from us. We often see and hear helicopters, private jets, military jets in addition to commercial airplanes. It’s pretty busy air space over us. This sighting was not any of those aircraft we observe and hear near daily in daylight and at night. In fact this caught our attention because it was unlike anything we are used to seeing and hearing. The shape was round, slightly oval or may have changed shaped slightly. As my husband and I stared at one point I asked him did it change shape as I perceived a slight shape change then it appeared round again. The object was low enough that if it were a helicopter we would hear the typical chopper sounds but it was silent. The object was stationary so certainly not a plane. We stood and observed for at least 10 minutes and this object didn’t move or emit any sounds the entire time. It remained stationary the entire time not appearing to move or change location. The intensity of the light never changed, never wavered. We stood and stared and tried to attribute it to some type of aircraft that we know but could not. The object was already there when we came home, no idea how long it had been there before we saw it or how long it remained after we went inside. As we were both holding heavy grocery bags we eventually went in. We half joked that we were being observed by aliens as the COVID-19 situation worsened in our area. It’s half joking because we both believe there is life beyond Earth but until now have never observed any evidence and don’t actively seek to find such evidence. As a scientist I believe but have never witnessed anything so far. In fact I almost dismissed this sighting as such but the nagging feeling that has not left me since that this was not Earthly has pushed me to report what we saw. I became more sure that this was possibly not human made as about 3-4 weeks later I saw a documentary about the Brookhaven and Southhaven, NY UFO incident of 1992 where one of the witnesses that lived in the area also described a stationary, silent ball of light in the sky that remained for a long period of time. This made me reconsider that quite possibly we did see something that night that was a UFO and worth reporting. Long story short, my husband and I observed a bright ball of light in the night sky that was stationary and silent and neither of us could attribute this object to any known aircraft. NOTE: The above image is from a similar sighting in Kansas.

This case is under investigation by Chief Investigator Glenn Green of MUFON New Jersey.

KEN PFEIFER WORLD UFO PHOTOS AND NEWS

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOSANDNEWS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.MUFON.COM

GOOGLE..… KEN PFEIFER UFO

UFO PHOTOGRAPHED OVER CROYDON INDIANA

Featured

AUGUST 23, 1987 …..CROYDON INDIANA

The incident reported below is a well-witnessed event, a case involving at least 12-15 witnesses, five of which were MUFON Field Investigators. Part of the event, which lasted approximately 5-10 minutes., (a 1.5 minute segment) was videotaped.

As a result of recent, intense UFO activity in the Corydon area, we had conducted a field test of our Rapid Deployment Group and ventured to Corydon, Indiana, and talked with approximately 50 witnesses.

The initial investigation/meeting at 8:00 PM our time (9:00 PM their time) lasted about an hour. We then proceeded to an area where these NL’s were being observed. We observed a jet aircraft coming from the west and I requested that a camcorder be used to gauge resolution and serve as a “control sample”. Scott Wilkerson (FIT) conducted the “filming”. There were four lights on the jet.

At approximately 10:20 PM, an object described as brilliant orange, suddenly materialized in the SSE. The suddenness and the brilliant orange, flare-like characteristics were unmistakably unusual. The elevation of the object was approximately 20-25 degrees at the beginning of the sighting.

The object appeared to be an orange headlight and appeared to be either hovering or moving toward the witnesses. At one point there was a rapid descent down to the left, all the time the brilliance varied only slightly.

Several times the light winked completely out, only to flare up again. After about 5-8 minutes, the object went into a flat W-E flight mode at a relatively slow rate of speed at an elevation of 10-15 degrees.

One member, Harold Hartig, a former radar operator (and GOC spotter) for the USAF and FI for MUFON, reported that through 10×50 binoculars, he observed a red light, about 1/200th in intensity compared to the orange light, in-trail.

Later, he reported that at one time the object appeared as two orange balls, undeniable, with a very small sharply focused red light slightly above the gap.

Another observer also reported the red light in trail. Jerry Sievers, Assistant State Director, verified the fact that the configuration in the beginning was defined as a small red light trailing the larger orange mass. The only person to see the red light were the ones using binoculars.

At no time did the red light vary its set distance from the parent object. It was “apparently” part of the same object. However, during the 1.5 minute segment where the object was videotaped, the red light was in the lead as the object headed East.

During this “filming” period the object “winked out” twice. The duration of the “winkout” was approximately the same, leading us to believe that the object passed behind two telephone or power poles. One such transit was verified.

During the last 30-seconds or so a small commercial or private aircraft (not a jumbo jet) entered the immediate area from East to West on an “apparent” collision course with the anomalistic target. Several seconds of videotape document this as it “appears” as a near miss.

Not knowing for sure that the objects were the same distance from us was the only consoling factor. The vertical separation was almost zero. The aircraft “appeared” slightly lower and closer to us when viewed on videotape. Due to curvature of the Earth, however, this may be misleading.

The aircraft was traveling at least twice as fast as the unknown if at the same approximate distance. The ceiling according to Flight Service earlier in the Day was 4,000 broken.

There were some clouds remaining at that time in the South and East. If the aircraft was traveling at 120 knots, the other target must have been under stall speed.

Another orange target was observed by some observers and an attempt to lock-on with the camcorder unit was made without success, due to preoccupation with the primary target.

Later on in the “evening”, at approximately 12:15 AM, another orange target was observed at Elberfeld (near Evansville) by four person from the group. This was reported to be at low altitude (150′ ) and was lost as the car carrying the observers rounded turns blocked by numerous trees.

KEN PFEIFER WORLD UFO PHOTOS AND NEWS

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOSANDNEWS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.UFOCASEBOOK.COM

GOOGLE..… KEN PFEIFER UFO

ALIEN CRAFT ORB PHOTO FROM THE UNITED KINGDOM

Featured

MAY 20, 2020 ……NEWTON ABBOT DEVON ENGLAND

Hi Ken : I was in the back garden with my Nikon P900 camera taking photographs of a royal navy helicopter when a small black UFO probe flew right past it. I managed to capture the small black probe in a photograph just as it was right in front of the royal navy helicopter. I then followed the small black probe across the sky where to my surprise I spotted two small white spheres which I now turned my full attention towards. I watched them as they flew around the sky in a playful manner before a larger sphere flew into view. This larger sphere had the appearance of a pearl which was glistening in the sun light. I zoomed in a bit more with my camera and immediately took a photograph. I continued to watch as the large pearl sphere flew across the sky closely followed by the small white spheres and the small black probe which had now turned white. They disappeared off into the distance where I unfortunately lost sight of them. I was completely gobsmacked I had just witnessed four UFO’s in quick succession. What on earth was going on today. I wasn’t even trying to capture any UFO’s I was only trying to photograph the royal navy helicopter. This is totally bizarre. The Photographs were taken ‎at ‏‎13:15 PM on the 20th of May ‎2020, at Newton Abbot Devon England. All the best John.

John Mooner is the Chief Investigator for World UFO Photos. see Johns web site here https://ufologist.yolasite.com/

KEN PFEIFER WORLD UFO PHOTOS AND NEWS

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOSANDNEWS.ORG

GOOGLE….KEN PFEIFER UFO

AMAZING ALIEN CRAFT PHOTOS FROM VIRGINIA

Featured

OCTOBER/NOVEMBER 1987 ……WYTHEVILLE VIRGINIA

In 1987, in the community of Wytheville, Virginia, a series of UFO encounters would occur. The first sighting to be reported was made by three policeman.

On October 7, 1987, WYVE radio station news reporter Danny Gordon received a telephone call from the local Sheriff. This was a routine call that Gordon received to gather news each day.

However, this report was not your run-of-the-mill call. Gordon was shocked at what he was told – three Wythe County Sheriff deputies, all former military, had seen a UFO.

A report such as this was normally relegated to the end of Gordon’s news cast, as a tongue-in-cheek report. This was the case with the UFO report, but it would not remain humorous long.

Almost immediately after the broadcast, telephone switchboards were overloaded with UFO reports. Obviously, the three deputies were not the only witnesses to UFOs.

On October 19, Gordon set up a call-in show for the UFO reports. Though the reports came in, Gordon felt that there must be a reasonable explanation. He made numerous calls to the military, but was assured that nothing from the military would explain the reports.

On October 21, Gordon, along with his friend Roger Hall, a commercial pilot, took a drive to the southern part of Wythe County, where most of the UFO reports had originated. They were armed with both still and video cameras.

For about two hours they searched the skies for something unusual, but saw nothing. Their luck would change on their drive home. Gordon saw a strange object in the sky, and alerted Hall.

They quickly pulled off the road, and piled out. Both men could clearly see a large, domed, wingless object moving toward them. The right side of the UFO was illuminated with various colored lights.

Hall reported that the object was the size of two football in length. He could see three windows on the craft, light from the inside. Also, he was shocked to see a red ball moving toward what he felt was a mother ship.

Danny Gordon

Soon, the larger ship slowly moved into a cloud bank, with the red ball joining it. Both men thought the other was taking photos or video of the object. They were both so taken by what they were seeing, neither man had grabbed a camera.

The very next night, the two sky watchers again searched for the UFO. They were reward this time with photographs. Although the photos were not yet developed, a press conference was called for the following day.

The night before the conference, Gordon received an anonymous call, warning him that the Federal Government was very much interested in what Gordon and Hall had seen. Gordon continued to receive calls, warning him to back off of the UFO subject.

After the conference was held, Gordon arrived at his home only to find that someone had broken in. Nothing was taken, but Gordon believed that someone was trying to find his UFO photos.

Gordon would get a second chance to capture a UFO with his camera. Six weeks after the conference, he, along with his wife and daughter, were leaving a local mall after doing some shopping. Suddenly, they heard a roar of voices coming from a Wythe school bus which was sitting in the parking lot.

The reason for the student’s excitement was soon discovered. Hovering in plain sight was a large group of four unknown lights. This time Gordon had his camera ready and snapped several photographs.

After the photos were developed, it could be clearly seen that the four lights changed shapes.

The sightings in and around Wytheville continued. By the end of December, approximately 1,500 reports had been filed. These described various shapes and sizes, with most of the objects seeming to be noiseless.

On March 19, 1988, Gordon, while packing for a Broadcaster’s Conference in Virginia Beach, where he would discuss the UFO sightings over Wytheville, he received a telephone call from a retired Military Intelligence Officer.

The officer told Gordon to tape the call because if something was to happen to Gordon, he would have proof that Gordon had been warned to cease publicizing the UFO sightings. The officer threatened Gordon and his family.

Naturally, Gordon was frightened, but also maddened by the threats. Approximately a month later, Gordon had a visit from two men. They claimed to be from a newspaper. One of the men interviewed Gordon about the sightings for about 45 minutes, while the second visitor roamed around the house, taking photographs.

Gordon has been promised a copy of the interview, but after a suitable time passed with no information, Gordon called the paper where the two men claimed to work. Gordon was informed that the men were not employees of the paper.

A few weeks later, Gordon got a chance to go back through all of the photos he had taken of the UFOs. He discovered that although some of the negatives remained, one set in particular was missing – the photos taken over the shopping mall.

The threatening phone calls, the visits by bogus newsmen, and the breaking in of his home finally took their tool on Gordon. Two weeks after he discovered the missing set of photos, he keeled over.

His wife rushed him to a local Emergency Room, where it was first thought that he was suffering a heart attack. It would soon be discovered that he was suffering from exhaustion.

Gordon his health at rich, finally decided to back off of his ardent search for the mystery of the UFO sightings over Wytheville, Virginia, and gave this advice to others: “Don’t look up.”

What can be said about the mysterious lights / objects in the Virginia skies in the late 1980s? Were they from the stars? or were they some highly classified military experiment? We may never know for certain. The mystery continues.

KEN PFEIFER WORLD UFO PHOTOS AND NEWS

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOSANDNEWS.ORG

THANKS TO BILLY BOOTH AND HTTP://WWW.UFOCASEBOOK.COM

GOOGLE — KEN PFEIFER UFO

CLOSE ENCOUNTER AND MEN IN BLACK IN ENGLAND

Featured

DECEMBER 2003 ……LONGBRIDGE ENGLAND

One of the strangest incidents during this period also comes from the United Kingdom, and on this occasion, also features a brief encounter with the apparent occupants of these strange ball-like crafts.

At around midnight one early December evening in 2003, an unnamed 25-year-old man was making his way home on foot from his girlfriend’s home in Longbridge. As he was walking past a park that was on his route, he noticed a strange “mechanical” humming sound, similar to an idle car engine. He stared into the park area and noticed strange lights moving behind the trees.

He made his way toward the lights and upon peering through a gap in the trees could see a “large round object” in a clearing, hovering around five feet in the air. The sphere appeared metallic and it was obvious that the humming sound was coming from the hovering ball. It was as he was taking in as much detail as he could of the object that he first noticed the “shadowy figures” below it.

He turned his attention to these strange entities, noting how their arms and heads were too long and too large for their frames. As he was studying them, he suddenly felt a surge of fear run through him. A second later, the figures all turned toward him as one. As they did, he could see clearly how large and black their eyes were.

Now beyond terrified, he would turn and run out of the back and out into the road. A black car pulled up at the same time, its driver seemingly halting to see what the matter was with this obviously distressed man. However, when the man staggered over to the car, the driver, dressed in a dark suit offered to him that “you didn’t see anything, did you?” It was spoken more like an order than a question.

The witness would gather his thoughts as best he could and make his way home. He would make a report to the police, but they were largely dismissive of the incident and offered only that no other reports had been made.

As a quick side-thought, the inclusion of what would appear to be a visit from the Men In Black is an interesting notion. What should we make of such claims? Does it discredit this particular account or merely add another layer of interest to it?

And if so, does that suggest a secret, covert government involvement in these and other UFO sightings? Or are these entities themselves of an extraterrestrial or ultra dimensional origin? NOTE: The above image is CGI.

KEN PFEIFER WORLD UFO PHOTOS AND NEWS

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOSANDNEWS.ORG

ALIEN ABDUCTION AND PHOTO FROM YORKSHIRE ENGLAND

Featured

DECEMBER 1, 1987 ……YORKSHIRE ENGLAND

One of the most unique accounts of alien abduction comes to us from the Ilkley Moor in Yorkshire, England. The witness and subject of this case is a former policeman named Philip Spencer. Spencer claims that in the early morning of December 1, 1987, he was taken aboard an unidentified flying craft, and after his release managed to snap a picture of one of the alien beings.

The Ilkley Moor is very much as you would picture it. Reminiscent of the setting of the moors of Baskerville Hall in Conan Doyle’s “Hound of the Baskervilles,” it is an eerie place. It has been said that “The Ilkley Moor can scare you to death during daylight, and at night it’s even worse.”

It is a place of mystery. There is the Swastika stone; boulders etched with strange markings; the Badger Stone; and the Twelve Apostles stone circle.

Many times the only living creatures on the moor are the sheep. Ilkley has other legends too, like the hovering lights at night, which bring occasional reports of UFOs. There are strange, swirling lights that are filtered through the fog and seem to have a mind of their own. Possibly some of the mysterious sights can be attributed to the not too distant Menwith Hill Military Base, or the nearby Leeds Bradford Airport.

The activities of these two facilities will not, however, explain what happened to Spencer. There were also stories of strange creatures that roam across the moor at times.

After four years of being a policeman in another city, Spencer had moved his wife and child to the Yorkshire area to be closer to her family. He was walking across the moor on this December morning heading for his father-in-law’s house and on the way was hoping to get some photographs of the strange light tricks of the moor. To be able to get the images he desired he was using a high ASA rated film to compensate for the poor light in the area.

Unfortunately, the picture that he took was somewhat blurred, but there is no doubt that the creature in the photo is a one of a kind being which basically resembled the small grays.

Along with his camera, Spencer also took a compass to navigate through the fog before sufficient daylight shone through the moor. As he was searching for some photo angles, suddenly he caught the sight of a strange looking being in the slopes ahead of him. He aimed and snapped a picture of the creature which seemed to be gesturing for him to stay away.

It then ran away. Spencer gathered his wits and took off in pursuit of the being. Today he says he doesn’t know why. It was just an impulse reaction. He arrived just in time to get a glimpse of a flying craft with a domed top rise up from the moor and disappear into the sky. Atop the dome was a whitish square. He was not able to get a photograph of the object.

There was silence now. When he saw nothing else of the being or its craft, he began to walk to the nearest village. This walk took about 30 minutes, and during this time, a couple of things became apparent to him. First of all, his compass now pointed south instead of north, and secondly, the village clock showed the time an hour ahead of his…

Spencer was confused now. Did he see what he thought he saw?

To answer this burning question, he headed by bus to the nearest town with instant film development. Sure enough, he had a picture of the creature! It looked to be about 4 foot tall, and had a blue-green tint to its skin. He knew he had something of importance, or at least, he thought he did. He found the proper channels to contact UFO investigator Peter Hough.

Hough knew what he was hearing was a “too good to be true” case, and it worried him, but after meeting Spencer, he was convinced that he was a man of integrity and was not seeking fame or fortune for his picture. There was no reason to not believe what Spencer had told him. Hough began a thorough investigation. The film with the alien picture would be the first thing to undergo professional scrutiny.

The alien picture was first looked at by a wildlife photography expert. The object in the image was not an animal of any known kind. It could not be determined either way if the figure was animate or static. A reconstruction of the original site did establish the alien’s height at or near 4 and one half feet.

The photograph was next sent to Kodak laboratories in Hemel, Hempstead. An analysis showed that the object was indeed part of the original photo, and not superimposed. This conclusion did not, of course, determine what the creature was.

Next, the picture was sent to the United States for computer enhancement and analysis. Dr. Bruce Maccabee, optical physicist with the United States Navy rendered his expert opinion;

He stated that the slow film speed used for the low light conditions made the film too grainy for proper testing. “I had great hopes that this case would prove definitive. Sadly circumstances prevent it from being so,” Maccabee stated.

Something strange was noticed in the picture. Appearing on the hill at exactly the spot where Spencer says the UFO was is a white square. Could it be that he had gotten a part of the UFO in the shot unknowingly? He was not sure.

KEN PFEIFER WORLD UFO PHOTOS AND NEWS

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOSANDNEWS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.KENPFEIFERSDISCOVERIES.COM

HTTP://WWW.UFOCASEBOOK.COM

CLOSE ENCOUNTER WITH AN ALIEN TRIANGLE OVER OREGON

Featured

FALL OF 1988 …….SALEM OREGON

(Salem, Oregon) – Our UFO sighting was in 1988, but it was years before we told anybody. Amongst ourselves it was rarely mentioned, as if we didn’t want to believe it. Being practical Oregonians, our minds reeled at the possibilities that were unleashed by the occurrence.

Suddenly we had become players in one of the stories that we could only read about before. I know now what others must have gone through when they saw a UFO at close range, the incredulity that other people expressed when we told them. It became a life-changing experience. The universe seems a different place now, less a barren vacuum of space.

Our sighting wasn’t necessarily extraterrestrial, but it was an extremely advanced technology. What that really means is open to conjecture. Most radical departures from conventional wisdom have had to overcome the inertia of the scientific community.

One day we will reach out for the stars, but it is folly to think we will be the first to have done so. I have formed this opinion only since that night in 1988. I was formerly a person who looked at the sky expecting only the usual clutter of planes, stars, and the occasional blinking satellite.

Our encounter was on a crisp fall night like any other, with errands to be completed. The sky was clear and full of stars. My wife and I were returning from the grocery store, driving northward along Fischer Road in Salem, Oregon. It is a residential thoroughfare that parallels Interstate 5. Out of the corner of my eye I saw something hovering over the freeway. The unnatural stillness and lack of visible support for the object had caught my eye.

At first I thought it was a traffic helicopter, which by itself would have been unusual in this area. As I looked closer at the object, the uniqueness of it compelled me to pull the car over to the side of the road and stop. I got out and listened hard for the sound of rotor noise, but there was none.

The fact that it was only about 200 feet away made this highly unusual. The craft had lights about its perimeter, but the exact outline of the body was strangely indistinct, like it had a low profile when viewed from the side. In an attempt to explain the phenomenon, I initially dismissed it as one of those Harrier jets that can vent the exhaust downward for landing. However, the quietness of the craft and the fact it was over the freeway made this impossible. As human beings symbolic logic is our forte.

It is one of the things that distinguish us from lower primates and other animals. But there was nothing in my experience with which I could represent the UFO in my mind, so I came up with the best that I could, a rather poor representation of what I was actually seeing.

Later this would become more pronounced, a bothersome feeling of something totally alien in my familiar world. My wife was also observing the strange craft. Exchanging glances with her, I got back in the car and we drove on to Silverton Road, turning left and passing under the freeway and several blocks westward to our apartment.

As we turned into the parking lot, we both viewed a sight that is still fixed in my mind like a photograph. There was the hovering craft directly over the parking lot. It had followed us over from the freeway. I had to drive toward it as I pulled into our parking spot. We watched in amazement for a few moments and then decided to get out.

There were no bright lights shining downward, and nobody else was outside at the apartment complex at this hour to view it besides my wife and I.

There was just it and the two of us, as if we had been selected out of a nighttime crowd that was too busy to look upward. One of my impressions at the time was how unusually easy it was for something so remarkable to be otherwise unobserved in the dark sky.

It appeared that the UFO inhabitants had seen us watching them, and they were now looking at us out of curiosity or to see if we represented some kind of threat. At this point the craft was about 70 feet overhead.

I could see clearly it was perhaps 30 feet across, with a triangular shape that was outlined with small round lights. There was no significant sound coming from it, only a faint humming that was barely noticeable.

The way it hovered absolutely motionless made it all the more fantastic. The craft quietly defied all rational attempts to explain it. It was real, a dark gray triangle floating in a sea of stars. We stared at it for what seemed like thirty seconds. By now tension had built to an alarming degree, so we hastened inside our apartment and walked directly across to the patio door to look out.

The craft was slowly moving southward, building speed with deliberate precision. Its ponderous mass floated like it was a feather, disappearing in the night sky. Since we had said little during the event, I asked what my wife had seen as verification. She mirrored my observations. Looking at the clock, we were relieved to see no time was missing.

I feel privileged to have viewed such an amazing phenomenon. We shall never forget it.

Was it a secret military prototype, the implementation of Nikola Tesla’s later theories of gravity repulsion, spawned from his confiscated notes? Perhaps. But at this late date nothing resembling it has surfaced in the news. Or was it something from beyond our solar system, cloaked in darkness and the ignorance of our more primitive world? NOTE: The above image is CGI.

KEN PFEIFER WORLD UFO PHOTOS AND NEWS

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOSANDNEWS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.KENPFEIFERSDISCOVERIES.COM

THANKS TO HTTP://WWW.UFOCASEBOOK.COM

CLOSE ENCOUNTER HOVERING CAR IN AUSTRALIA

Featured

JANUARY 20. 1988 ……NULLARBOR AUSTRALIA

On the 20th January 1988, whilst driving on the Eyre Highway, Nullarbor, Australia, Faye Knowles, her 3 sons, and the family dog, were traveling towards South Australia to visit some relatives.

As they were driving along, they suddenly saw a strange light ahead of them. It was pale yellow and seemed to be zigzagging around. The object then shot straight towards the Knowles family and hovered right in front of the car.

They described the object as looking like an egg in an egg cup.

After swerving and zigzagging themselves to try and get clear of the object, they suddenly realized that the object was now hovering directly above their car.

The Knowles family could hear a high-pitched humming sound as the car was being tossed from side to side by apparently very strong winds.

During this time they also noticed a terrible smell of electrical burning, and the car was filling up with a strange grey mist.

All of a sudden they realized that the car was no longer touching the surface of the road. It seemed to be hovering a few meters up.

After a short while the car crashed back down to earth and crashed off the edge of the highway. Inside the car there was a fine sprinkling of powder, and the strange electrical burning smell.

They reported the incident to both police and UFO investigators, who took samples of the grey powder. The powder contained chemicals very similar to those that NASA uses to coat the surface of the space shuttle.

One theory put forward was that they had been engulfed in a fierce and very unusual form of electrically charged tornado. NOTE: The above image is CGI.

KEN PFEIFER WORLD UFO PHOTOS AND NEWS

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOSANDNEWS.ORG

THANKS TO HTTP://WWW.UFOCASEBOOK.COM

COAST GUARD INVESTIGATED ALIEN CRAFT OVER THE WATER

Featured

MARCH 4, 1988 …..LAKE ERIE, EASTLAKE MICHIGAN

Sheila and Henry Baker were driving home with their three children about 8:35 p.m., after going out to dinner. As they neared the waterfront, Sheila noticed something hovering over the lake and they drove down to the beach to investigate and got out of the car.

The moon was bright and there was ice on the lake; Sheila could hear it cracking like claps of thunder.

Plainly visible was a huge, gunmetal gray football-shaped object that was rocking back and forth, blinding white light emanating from both ends, but it was silent. Then the object began moving, swinging one end toward the shore and descending. The Bakers became frightened, ran back to their car and fled.

When they got home, the object was still visible from a window that faced the lake.

The object moved out over the ice and continued to descend, with red and blue lights now flashing in sequence along its lower edge. Sheila then called the Eastlake police to report a UFO, and was finally referred to the Coast Guard.

Suddenly 5 or 6 bright yellow triangular objects shot out of the center of the large object and began darting around independently. Once they stopped and hovered, point up, around the parent object, then sped away to the north, turned east, then inland toward the Perry nuclear power plant.

At this point Sheila called the Coast Guard, which sent a team to their house to investigate. Seaman James Power and Petty Officer John Knaub arrived towing a Boston Whaler, a seaworthy boat.

When Sheila pointed to the main craft and some of the triangular objects still zipping around it, the men drove closer to the lake to investigate, accompanied by the Bakers.

At the lakefront they could hear the ice rumbling and roaring.

In their incident report later sent by teletype to the Coast Guard headquarters in Detroit, Michigan, the men were quoted as saying that “the ice was cracking and moving abnormal amounts as the object came closer to it.”

Power and Knaub gave a running report to their base via the two-way radio in their Chevy Suburban on what they were seeing. The window was down, and the Bakers overheard them saying words to the effect, “Be advised the object appears to be landing on the lake… There are other objects moving around it.

Be advised these smaller objects are going at high rates of speed. There are no engine noises and they are very, very low.”

One of the triangles zoomed straight toward the Coast Guard vehicle, a blur of light, then veered east, straight up, and came down beside the parent object.

Two witnesses in separate locations also reported seeing the triangles. Suddenly the triangles returned and one by one entered the side of the parent object as it seemed to land on the ice.

The ellipse flashed a series of red, blue, and yellow lights, the light emanating from the end of the object turned from white to red, and the triangles re-emerged and hovered above it. The noise from the ice abruptly ceased, and the lights and triangles disappeared. NOTE: The above image is CGI.

KEN PFEIFER WORLD UFO PHOTOS AND NEWS

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOSANDNEWS.ORG

THANKS TO HTTP://WWW.UFOCASEBOOK.COM

ALIEN CRAFT CAUGHT ON CAMERA IN THE UNITED KINGDOM

Featured

MAY 17, 2020 ……NEWTON ABBOT DEVON ENGLAND

Hi Ken: I was in the back garden sky watching and it had been a very hot day. I had only seen one plane pass over the area and it had left a thick contrail behind it in the sky. I always look around contrails for UFOs as they always seem to be near or around them. I was looking along the contrail through the viewfinder of my Nikon P900 camera when all of a sudden a round white UFO darted right through the contrail so I instantly took some photographs capturing it. I then watched as the round UFO flew right over the house where I lost sight of it. I often see these types of UFO’s flying around passenger planes in this area.

They seem to be non physical and may be plasma based. These UFO’s always seem to know when I am pointing my camera towards the sky and they just appear from out of nowhere and fly across the area of sky that I am viewing. It really is quite fascinating that I am seeing physical and non physical UFO’s in the sky above me. The only question is where exactly are they coming from. It really is a perplexing mystery. The photographs were taken at 5:10 PM on the 17th of may 2020 at Newton Abbot Devon England. All the best John.

John Mooner is the Chief Investigator for World UFO Photos. Click here for Johns website >> https://ufologist.yolasite.com/

KEN PFEIFER WORLD UFO PHOTOS AND NEWS

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOSANDNEWS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOS.ORG

MARS PHOBOS II SOVIET CRAFT DESTROYED BY ALIEN CRAFT

Featured

MARCH 1989 …….PHOBOS ORBITING MARS

The Phobos program was an unmanned space mission consisting of two probes launched by the Soviet Union to study Mars and its moons Phobos and Deimos.

Phobos 2 became a Mars orbiter and returned 38 images with a resolution of up to 40 meters. Both probes suffered from critical failures.

Phobos 1 and 2 were of a new spacecraft design, succeeding the type used in the Venera planetary missions of 1975-1985, last used during the Vega 1 and Vega 2 missions to comet Halley.

Phobos 1 was launched on July 7, 1988 and Phobos 2 on July 12, 1988, each aboard a Proton-K rocket. They each had a mass of 2600 kg (6220 kg with orbital insertion hardware attached).

The program featured co-operation from 14 other nations including Sweden, Switzerland, Austria, France, West Germany, and the United States (who contributed the use of its Deep Space Network for tracking the twin spacecraft).

Phobos ll arrived in January 1989 and entered an orbit around Mars as the first phase towards its real destination, a small Martian moon called Phobos.

The mission was flawless until the craft aligned itself with the moon.

On March 28, 1989 an elliptical object was detected moving towards the satellite seconds before it failed.

All indications were that the elliptical object had attacked the satellite which was now dead and left spinning out of control.

On March 28, 1989 Tass, the official Soviet news agency stated:

“Phobos II failed to communicate with Earth as scheduled after completing an operation yesterday around the Martian moon Phobos. Scientists at mission control have been unable to establish stable radio contact.”

Probos ll Object

But the next day a top official of the Soviet Space Agency (Glavkosmos) said: “Phobos II is 99% lost for good.”

It is important to note that he stated the entire satellite was gone and not just contact with it.

Of great interest to Ufologists was an image captured either on, or above the surface of Mars. Commonly called the shadow, whatever caused this has never been determined. If it was indeed a craft, it was of immense size.

On March 31, 1989, headlines dispatched by the Moscow correspondents of the European News Agency (EFE) stated:

“Phobos 2 Captured Strange Photos of Mars Before Losing Contact With Its Base.”

Vremya revealed yesterday that the space probe Phobos II, which was orbiting above Mars when Soviet scientists lost contact with it on Monday, had photographed an UNIDENTIFIED OBJECT on the Martian surface seconds before losing contact.”

Scientists described the UNIDENTIFIED OBJECT as a thin ellipse 20 KILOMETERS LONG!

It was further stated that the photos could not be an illusion because it was captured by 2 different color cameras as well as cameras taking infrared shots.

One controller at the Kaliningrad control center concluded that the probe was now spinning out of control. It would seem that something struck or shot the Phobos II Probe.

Shadow on Mars

In the October 19, 1989 issue of Nature Magazine, Soviet scientists concluded that the craft could be spinning because it was impacted.

It has long been rumored that Mars and its moon Phobos are alien colonies. The surface of Mars is covered with strange shapes/buildings that do not appear to be natural such as the pyramids, square buildings, runways, etc.

One structure shows the face of a man with a helmet looking into space. It can be seen at the National Space Science Data Center, Viking photo with catalog number 76-A-593/17384 Titled “HEAD.”

Another photo is 070-A-13. There are now eleven Viking photographs (and growing) of this obviously intelligently constructed monument on the surface of Mars.

The “HEAD” and other artificial features such as the pyramids were combined by electrical engineer and imaging specialist Vincent DiPietro and a Lockheed computer scientist.

The composite images seemed to show that the features on the surface of Mars had been artificially sculpted… Just maybe, WE ARE NOT ALONE!

CHECK OUT THE VIDEO HERE >> https://youtu.be/pfwricI6nQc

KEN PFEIFER WORLD UFO PHOTOS AND NEWS

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOSANDNEWS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.UFOCASEBOOK.COM

ALIEN CRAFT BUZZES A NUCLEAR SUBMARINE OFF FLORIDA COAST

Featured

OCTOBER 24 1989…OFF THE COAST FO FLORIDA

October 24, 1989 – A sailor reports about the UFO sighting he had while in the Navy. “I was assigned to USS Memphis (SSN-698), Homeport – Titusville, FL. (Cape Canaveral.)

Our mission was Special Assignments which meant we protected the Space Program. We would go to sea and patrol while the shuttle was on the pad.

On October 24 and 25, 1989, my ship was on patrol about 150 miles of the Florida coast. We were cruising at about 500 feet when the submarine started experiencing electronics problems.

The ship was malfunctioning, our tanks were blowing out of control, we were losing navigation ability and the communications area was totally lost.

We went to all stop and tried to access what was happening. The controls in the reactor area started to malfunction. This presented a serious danger to our safety, so the captain ordered us to shut down the reactor, surface and go to diesel motors.

When the ship surfaced I went to my watch station. The ship was still experiencing electronic difficulties but the mechanical devices such as diesel engines, cook stoves, and turbines were fine.

It was raining and the entire sky was red like a red neon sign.

I saw a large inverted V-shaped UFO off the port side. The executive officer told me to stand fast and he would speak to the captain. In a minute, the captain appeared on the tower and asked me for a distance to the craft.

The laser range finder determined the closest point was 200 meters, and the farthest point was 1,000 meters off the port. The UFO was not perpendicular to our ship but at about a 45′ angle.

This huge vessel was over a half mile across. The UFO made a half circle around our ship then passed across the stern causing our electronics systems to go crazy.

We had permanent damage in communications and the sonar room. As the craft flew over the stern, I could see the rain stop under its red glow.

The water seemed to rise almost a foot as the UFO passed over silently. When the UFO finished its swing across the stern it paused – the sky got brighter red and it simply moved off at tremendous speed inside 15 seconds.

When the UFO left, our boat returned to normal with the exception of the radio and sonar. We did a quick system check and the captain ordered us to return to reactor power and get underway.

The captain took two petty officers, the executive officer, and myself into the wardroom. He told us to not spread any rumors until we had a chance to talk to Commander Submarine Fleet – Atlantic.

We reached port in about 7 hours where I was taken into “protective custody.”

Two enlisted men and myself agreed we had witnessed a real UFO. I was the one who shot it with a laser range finder, so I was the only one that had its exact sizes. I shot that vessel as it hovered and I got solid readings, not spotty like I would on debris.

We were in holding for about three hours when an officer from the Air Force arrived and gave us a line of bull about an exploding weather satellite.

The Navy then transferred virtually everyone on the crew to new assignments.

This included the captain, the executive officer and the entire crew. They were split up which almost never happens unless one of them gets a promotion or a new command, neither of which happened.

The military just split up a 4 year team. I was watching a program tonight that gave me the courage to share it. NOTE: The above image is CGI.

KEN PFEIFER WORLD UFO PHOTOS AND NEWS

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOSANDNEWS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.UFOCASEBOOK.COM

GREAT ALIEN CRAFT PHOTO FROM THE UNITED KINGDOM

Featured

MAY 13, 2020 ……NEWTON ABBOT DEVON ENGLAND

Hi Ken: I had been sky watching for hours and I had not seen any unidentified objects so I was feeling a bit disappointed. I had just watched a passenger plane pass over the area that had left a contrail behind it which had now begun to fade. I looked around the area of sky were the contrail was and to my amazement I spotted something that was slowly moving around directly beneath it. I immediately looked through my binoculars to see what it could be and to my surprise I could see that it was some type of structured mechanical craft.

As I watched the craft flying around the sky near the faint contrail I could see that the craft was crescent shaped and had a round dome that was situated on the top of it. I quickly put down my binoculars and immediately grabbed my Sony HX-300 camera and took a photograph of the craft just before it flew up into some near by clouds where I lost sight of it. I was left wondering where this craft had originated from. It was definitely strange and I believe that all of the unidentified crafts that I have witnessed around this area are coming from the sea. The photograph was taken at 1:47 PM on the 13th of ‎May ‎2020, at Newton Abbot Devon England. All the best John.

John Mooner is the Chief Investigator for World UFO Photos.

KEN PFEIFER WORLD UFO PHOTOS AND NEWS

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOSANDNEWS.ORG

SEE JOHN MOONERS WEB SITE HERE >> https://ufologist.yolasite.com/

STRANGE UFO PHOTO FROM WALES UNITED KINGDOM

Featured

NOVEMBER 1989 AND JUNE 2008 BRECON BEACONS MOOR.. WALES UNITED KINGDOM

Back in November 1989, my girlfriend Katie Francis, and her great aunt Janice had a stunning close encounter with a UFO while crossing the Brecon Beacons.

It is something that even after all these years they remember quite vividly.

After interviewing them both about the incident I can now reveal to you what occurred.

At the time of the sighting, Katie was eleven years old and her brother Tim was five. They had been on holiday visiting Janice at Leamington Spa. She was driving them home to Neath in South West Wales. Their journey took them across the Brecon Beacons moor.

Photograph from reservoir showing area where sighting took place

It was early evening and quite dark in the sky, but the moorland was still partially visible. The weather was clear and there was very little cloud.

The road was deserted and there were no other cars on it. Katie was sitting on the back seat next to her brother and staring out of the back window of the car.

She noticed in the sky an object with a row of coloured lights along it. The object was quite far away and high up. There were too many lights along it to be a normal aircraft.

They were flashing and changing colours, mostly white and red, but some other colours too.

The object was moving slowly across the sky. Katie alerted her great aunt to the object, and she also glanced back at it. The object seemed to keep changing position in the sky. It was there one minute, gone the next, and it kept reappearing in different places in relation to the moving car.

Janice was trying to scare Katie and Tim about the object, saying it was going to come and get them.

Suddenly, the object appeared much closer to the car and much lower in the sky, Katie estimates under 100 foot up.

Both Katie and Janice could now clearly see that the lights were in a curved line as if along the edge of a large disc shaped object, however the main body of the object could not be seen.

Katie estimates that it was at least twice as big as a house. It was behind and to the right of the car hovering in the sky. At this point Janice decided to stop to get a photograph of the object as she was very interested in what it could be.

She pulled up at the side of the road and got out. She went round to the back of the car and opened the boot to get her camera.

The object appeared to now be stationary and it was completely silent.

Katie started to panic at this point and was screaming at Janice to get back in the car. Janice was also a little unnerved by the object, but mostly fascinated by it. She got the camera out but couldn’t work out how to use the night setting on it.

Because of this, and the fact that Katie was very frightened, she decided to get back in the car and continue driving. After this. neither witness looked back to see if the object was still following them so it was not seen again.

Janice also informed me of something else unusual which occurred. Shortly after they continued on their journey, there was suddenly a huge glow of bluish-white light that lit up the hills in front of the car.

The glow lasted for up to ten seconds before dying away. Janice felt it was linked to the object which they had seen but because Katie was frightened she did not tell her about it.

A Related Sighting?

In June 2008, Dr Simon Griffey saw mysterious lights over the Brecon Beacons. His reported sighting has numerous similarities with what Katie and Janice witnessed. Below is the article that appeared in The Sun on 27th June 08 including a photograph:

A baffled university don who spotted a UFO over the Brecon Beacons last night said: “There is no logical explanation.” Dr Simon Griffey saw lights loom over a mountain village – before they disappeared. His close encounter is the third reported in the space of just five days, following sightings by the Army and police.

Simon, a doctor of psychology at Cardiff University, said: “I’ve had loads of theories proposed by friends and neighbours but none of them add up.” Dr Griffey, 50, and his son Jack, 23, were driving near Llangynidr Mountain in the Brecon Beacons, Powys, when they spotted lights over Talybont-on-Usk.

He said: “There was no noise whatsoever, it was a bit eerie. I’ve driven over this mountain for 17 years and have never seen anything like it. There were seven lights and having read the description from the soldiers in Shropshire, there are some similarities.

They were the same sort of colour and the same spherical shape that they reported. I know I wasn’t seeing things because Jack saw exactly the same as I did – and two other cars pulled over to look.”

Sceptics have suggested the sightings could be huge man-made lanterns floating into the sky. But the boffin, of Llangynidr, said: “It was too big. It was way above the horizon and stayed there for 15 minutes.

It was a bit smaller than a full moon – quite big and high up.” Jack recorded the phenomenon on his mobile phone – but when they examined the pictures later, they found only three of the seven lights showed up.

To this day, both witnesses are convinced that the object they saw was definitely not a conventional aircraft or helicopter of any kind. The arrangement and number of lights on the object, and the way that they were changing colours seem to suggest something very unusual.

Janice and Katie both mentioned independently that the object was very large and disc-shaped even though the main body of it could not be made out. Also the object was completely silent even when it approached, and it seemed to be able to move or hover still in the air at will.

The area of the Brecon Beacons is used for military training and often jets are flown over it. Could the object have been a secret advanced aircraft of some kind?

This is a possibility, but if this were the case then why did it appear to be following the witness’s car as if interested in it? Surely the pilots would have wanted to keep such a craft away from the eyes of the public?

The glowing light that lit up the hillside shortly after the sighting of the UFO is also very interesting. The only natural thing which could possibly account for such a sight would be sheet lightning.

However Janice said that it stayed visible far too long for it to have been this. Also the weather was clear and it only occured once so it seems very unlikely that this would have been the cause.

In all the years since the years since the incident, Janice has never seen anything else like it, even though she has driven over the Brecon Beacons many times.

KEN PFEIFER WORLD UFO PHOTOS AND NEWS

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOSANDNEWS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.UFOCASEBOOK.COM

INCREDIBLE ALIEN CRAFT PHOTO FROM VERMONT

Featured

JANUARY 1, 2009 SOUTH BURLINGTON VERMONT

6.30 PM…I was on my deck having a cigarette before work when I noticed a bright light off in the distance. I live near an airport and have seen many numbers of planes and helicopters. There is also an Army base at the airport. Civilian and military airplanes & helicopters frequent the area. This particular light was stationary and was glowing blue and white. The light was also in the opposite direction of the airport. At first I thought another plane, but the light was floating there over houses. The planes that land at the airport have a designated flight path that does not pass over any housing areas. I went inside and grabbed my camera off the fireplace hearth and snapped a series of 3 photos.

It was tough to snap a photo as it was dark, so I placed the camera on the deck railing to gain support and zoomed in. I only have a 10x zoom lens. Just as I was looking at the view finder the light slowly dissapated and where gone.
I’m not sure what to make of the pictures. What I do know is that this light was not any sort of plane, or helicopter. 100%…. While examing the photos in Photoshop I was able to zoom in on the object. Notice how the stars around the object are stationary but the lights seemed blurred as if it were vibrating or moving. You can also see the tree branches in my yard as the object was in the distance.

KENS NOTE: This case was classified as IFO…plane….The photos were sent to the MUFON photo expert and he said it was a plane. I have reopened the case and I am re-classifying the case as an unknown. We are not allowed to classify a case as an alien craft, only unknown. IFO means identified flying object. …… MUFON case 17217

KEN PFEIFER WORLD UFO PHOTOS AND NEWS

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOSANDNEWS.ORG

THANKS TO MUFON CASE FILES HTTP://WWW.MUFON.COM

STRANGE UFO PHOTO FROM PROVIDENCE RHODE ISLAND

Featured

APRIL 1, 2013 …….PROVIDENCE RHODE ISLAND

Walked out into the night on my porch and noticed something glowing in the trees in the back of the property. There are no street lights and it is very dark. The night was overcast. the object was hovering about 20 to 25 feet above the ground in a very treed area. There is nothing in the back of the property this is very rural with a lot of trees. It was glowing red and seemed to have some spots between the glowing lights meaning it was not dense. Decided to take some pictures and went inside the house to upload them. The pictures reflected white glowing objects in different shapes, note, I was seeing a red glowing object not white it seemed it was performing tricks for me. I went back outside and took more pics and then it suddenly broke up into 3 smaller white objects and disappeared. The digital pic of #240 is really the most interesting and you may have to play with the zoom ect to get it in focus. I would really like some feedback on this please.

KEN PFEIFER WORLD UFO PHOTOS AND NEWS

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOSANDNEWS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.MUFON.COM

PRESIDENT JIMMY CARTER’S UFO SIGHTING IN GEORGIA

Featured

SEPTEMBER 18, 1973 …….. LEARY GEORGIA

Jimmy Carter files a report with the National Investigations Committee on Aerial Phenomena (NICAP) on September 18, 1973, claiming he had seen an Unidentified Flying Object (UFO) in October 1969.

During the presidential campaign of 1976, Democratic challenger Carter was forthcoming about his belief that he had seen a UFO. He described waiting outside for a Lion’s Club Meeting in Leary, Georgia, to begin, at about 7:30 p.m., when he spotted what he called “the darndest thing I’ve ever seen” in the sky. Carter, as well as 10 to 12 other people who witnessed the same event, described the object as “very bright [with] changing colors and about the size of the moon.” Carter reported that “the object hovered about 30 degrees above the horizon and moved in toward the earth and away before disappearing into the distance.” He later told a reporter that, after the experience, he vowed never again to ridicule anyone who claimed to have seen a UFO.

During the presidential campaign of 1976, Carter promised that, if elected president, he would encourage the government release “every piece of information” about UFOs available to the public and to scientists. After winning the presidency, though, Carter backed away from this pledge, saying that the release of some information might have “defense implications” and pose a threat to national security. NOTE: The above image is CGI.

KEN PFEIFER WORLD UFO PHOTOS AND NEWS

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOSANDNEWS.ORG

MANY WITNESSES TO AN ALIEN TRIANGLE OVER BELGIUM

Featured

NOVEMBER 29, 1989 ….. LIEGE BELGIUM

Of all the reports of UFO sightings, some of the most intriguing ones are those which come in flaps, or waves, have multiple witnesses, and photographs.

One of the most celebrated cases of this type was the Belgian flap which began in November of 1989.

The events of November 29 would be documented by no less than thirty different groups of witnesses, and three separate groups of police officers. All of the reports described a large object flying at low altitude. The craft was of a flat, triangular shape, with lights underneath.

This giant craft made not a sound as it slowly and fearlessly moved across the landscape of Belgium. There was free sharing of information as the Belgian populace tracked this craft as it moved from the town of Liege to the border of the Netherlands and Germany.

This first startling sighting would evolve into a wave over the next several months. On two occasions, a pair of F-16 fighters chased the mysterious object, but to no avail.

On March 30, 1990, a frantic call to military headquarters came from a Belgian national police Captain.

He marveled at a giant triangle passing over and simultaneously two ground radar stations were reporting an object of unknown origin on their screens.

One of these bases was NATO controlled near the city of Glons, southeast of Brussels.

After contacting other radar facilities, they learned that at least four other stations were also reporting the object on their screens. The object was moving across their screens slowly, and failed to send a transponder signal to identify itself.

Two F-16s were ordered to intercept and identify this phenomenon, and one of the jet’s radars locked the object in. It appeared as a small diamond on the pilot’s screen.

The pilot reported that only a few seconds after locking on the target, the object began to pick up speed, quickly moving out of radar range.

An hour long chase ensued, during which time the F-16s picked up the strange craft’s signal two additional times, only to see it fade from view.

The triangular craft seemed to be playing a cat and mouse game, and finally was lost in the night lights of Brussels.

The pilots of the fighters reported that the UFO had made maneuvers at speeds beyond the capability of their technology, and once the radar showed the craft drop from 10,000 to 500 feet in 5 seconds!

Belgium Map

The extraordinary sightings continued for months as the triangular invader was witnessed more than 1,000 times, both day and night. The object dipped low enough to easily be seen with the naked eye, and the event became one of the biggest stories in the Belgian media.

Another unusual occurrence associated with the Belgian flap was the inability to take a clear photograph of it. Many observers had their cameras ready, and took what they thought would be clear images, but when the film was developed, the image was blurred, and the craft’s outline was vague at best.

This anomaly was addressed by physics professor Auguste Meessen, who was employed by the Catholic University at Louvin. Meessen’s investigation produced a theory that infrared light must be the reason that almost all the images were unclear. To put his theory to test, he exposed film to infrared, then photographed objects in regular light. The results were the same as the photographs of the triangle-shaped UFO.

One good image was finally captured on video tape in April 1990. This image showed the underbelly of the craft with spotlights on the three corners. A still frame from this tape has been seen worldwide, and is a classic UFO photograph.

The Belgium wave has obtained classic status in UFO lore. With over 1,000 witnesses, confirmed radar sightings, plane radar lock-ins, and military confirmations, the fact that an unknown craft moved across the country of Belgium cannot be denied.

The case is also important for its unique information sharing. Civilian and Military officials were forthcoming with the reports, and set a model for others to follow in their pursuit to uncover the mystery behind the UFO enigma.

KEN PFEIFER WORLD UFO PHOTOS AND NEWS

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOSANDNEWS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.UFOCASEBOOK.COM

3 ALIENS RETRIEVED FROM CRASHED CRAFT IN RUSSIA

Featured

AUGUST 10, 1989 …..PROHLADNYI RUSSIA

At approximately 11:00 AM on August 10, 1989 near the city of Prohladnyi, Russia, Soviet military radar units detected an unidentified flying object. After attempts to communicate went unanswered, the object was noted as “hostile.”

Defense systems were put on alert, with utilization of surface to air missiles, and the deployment of Mig-25s. Blasting out of Rostov and Krymsk, the Migs were ordered to intercept and identify the unknown object.

The UFO was on a north heading, like foreign missiles or planes would be, and the order was given to arm and use weapons. A ground to air missile hit the UFO, causing it to ditch over the Caucasian Mountains.

A retrieval team on board an M1-8 helicopter was sent, and the disc-shaped object was located outside of Nizhnizy Chegem, and the area around the crash site was soon cordoned off. The object was 6.9 meters long and 3.0 meters high, shaped like a cockleshell, according to witnesses.

A long rut in the earth could be seen leading to the craft, which had smashed into an area of rocks. The damage from the missile was obvious, causing the object to lose its original shape. A team with special protective equipment moved into the scene. Dosimeters detected radiation, and precautionary measures were immediately taken, but not before some team members had been exposed.

The object was delivered by helicopter to Mozdok Air Base, where nuclear weapons and long range bombers were housed. A special investigative team was assembled, and sent to the base to begin an investigation into the mysteries of the unknown flying object. This team consisted of military and civilian personnel. The KGB began a cover-up operation.

The craft research team gained entry into the craft via a partially opened door. The team was in full protective gear as they began their investigation of the inside of the craft. As one would expect, control panels and equipment was visible, but more importantly three alien creatures, two dead were found. The two dead aliens had apparently been killed by falling equipment, but the third managed to save itself, but was suffering from several wounds.

A medical team attempted to keep the alien alive, but their efforts failed. He and his two companions were about 1.0-1.2 meters tall, with whitish gray skin that appeared to be outer cover. The real skin beneath this cover was a blue-green color with a reptilian texture. The other worldly beings also had hairless heads, large black eyes, almost round, which were covered by a protective lid. Three web fingers were at the end of their long, slender arms.

The three dead aliens were preserved in glass containers in a top-secret underground facility. This secret location is allegedly hidden among the multitude of trees near the research center east of Solnechnogorsk. The damaged disc was taken to the Kapustin Yar range and placed under ground west of Ahryomkin.

All of the information included here originated from three Russian investigators; Anton Anfalov, Lenura Azizova and Alexander Mosolov. They claim that the disc is still housed near Kapustin Yar. NOTE: The above image is CGI.

KEN PFEIFER WORLD UFO PHOTOS AND NEWS

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOSANDNEWS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.UFOCASEBOOK.COM

AMAZING ALIEN CRAFT PHOTOS FROM ENGLAND

Featured

MAY 7, 2020 ……..NEWTON ABBOT DEVON ENGLAND

Hi Ken: I was outside taking photographs of the full Moon the third super moon of 2020 when a bright green object flew right underneath the moon and instantly caught my attention. I zoomed in with my Nikon P900 camera for a better look only to instantly recognise the craft as the same one that I had witnessed and photographed years ago back in April of 2016. The craft that I had originally seen had not been illuminated like this one and I had been able to see that it was jet black with almond shaped lights that where situated on the front of it that glowed with a yellowish tinge. Even though this craft was illuminated in a bright green glow I could still see that it was exactly the same craft. I immediately took a photograph and watched as the craft made a very sharp u turn before it headed away from my vantage point. I could now see the back of the craft and it was a fiery red colour. I quickly took another photograph and watched as the craft flew off into the distance before it disappeared from view.

This was amazing not only did I get to photograph the super moon I also had this incredible sighting of an alien craft that I had seen and photographed years before. I have been witnessing unidentified structured craft like this one in the skies above Devon for years now and I truly believe that it is time for the British government to come forward and make a statement about these strange aerial objects. it’s pretty clear to me that the government know far more about this phenomena than they are letting on. It’s time to tell the public the truth about what is really going on in the skies above us all. The Photographs were taken in the early hours of the morning at 12:45 AM on the 7th of ‎May ‎2020, At Newton Abbot Devon England. All the best John.

KENS NOTE: John Mooner is the Chief Investigator for World UFO Photos. See his web site here >> https://ufologist.yolasite.com/

KEN PFEIFER WORLD UFO PHTOS AND NEWS

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOSANDNEWS.ORG

VERY CLOSE UFO ENCOUNTER IN NORWAY

Featured

OCTOBER 1970 …….HELLELAND NORWAY

Although the exact date is unknown, an incident thought to have taken place toward the end of October 1970 is perhaps of interest to us here. What’s more, it would take place at a similar time to that which unfolded over Anten.

At around 11:30 pm on the night in question over the town of Helleland in Norway, a motorist, Reidar Salvesen would arrive home following a particularly grueling journey from a business trip as market-advisor. Along the way, he had noticed a bright, glowing light overhead. What’s more, he had an extremely close encounter with the said object. He would, however, despite the incident weighing on his mind, continue to negotiate the relatively quiet roads under the constant downpour of rain that had accompanied the arrival of evening.

Salvesen had been driving for around 6 hours. He would continue to keep the object in his sight and carried on along his route, desperate to get home.

When he did arrive home, he would go straight inside and immediately tell his wife of the incident. He would state to her that he had undergone a “strange experience” that he had no explanation for. What’s more, it was both a “frightening sight, but at the same time, fantastic”.

He would then relate the incident to his enthralled and slightly confused wife in full.

He had set off on his journey around 5:30 pm and while the journey was largely uneventful at first, he would soon notice a “dazzling light” in the skies overhead. In fact, so bright was the light that he had to stop his vehicle in order to attempt to look at it.

When he opened the car door, he noticed a bright “circular object” above the roadway. He would state how the object was completely silent and would move forward with speed before coming to a stop. It would repeat this several times. The next thing he realized, however, the object was only several feet from his vehicle.

He would reach into the open window of the car and grab his notepaper in order that he could compose a sketch of the bizarre object. Salvesen would later describe it as a “flying saucer”.

He would later state that at this stage, despite the close proximity of the incident, he was not at all afraid. He would also state that this was likely due to the fact he was overcome with a need to draw the object while it was in front of him. Because of this, he had very little time to think.

His description of the object was almost identical to many others of disc or flying saucer-shaped crafts. He would claim that there were no “doors, windows, nor hatches”. Neither were there any joints, grooves, or any type of connecting seam. The only differentiating feature of the shining metallic exterior was a part at the edge of the body that had the appearance of corrugated iron.

He would estimate, although he couldn’t be sure, that the object was close to him for around a minute. Then, without warning, it would shoot straight up into the air at great speed. The next thing he knew, he was falling to the ground, landing in a sitting position, seemingly knocked off balance by the blast of the takeoff.

As he was coming to his senses with the realization that he had fallen to the ground, he was also coming to terms with the fact he had also heard a loud “cracking” sound. When he pulled himself to his feet he could see a large crack in the front window of his car. He instinctively looked up to the sky and noticed that the disc was now nothing more than a bright, red-yellow object, similar to a “fireball”. Then, it vanished from sight.

He returned his attention to his car once more. He noticed there was broken and splintered glass on the seats and the floor. It was around this time that he realized he had cut himself when he had fallen to the ground.

Careful not to injure himself further, he returned inside his vehicle and then started the engine. After moving the vehicle to the side of the road out of the way of any oncoming traffic he would quickly sweep the seats of glass. Then, after testing the lights, brakes, and engine, he would set out on his way home. Several hours later, he would inform his wife of the incident. NOTE: The above image is CGI.

KEN PFEIFER WORLD UFO PHOTOS AND NEWS

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOSANDNEWS.ORG

THANKS TO https://www.ufoinsight.com

20 WITNESSES AND A POSSIBLE UFO LANDING IN SWEDEN

Featured

AUGUST 29, 1970 ……..LAKE ANTEN ENEBAKKEN SWEDEN

On the evening of 29th into the 30th August, at around 11:30 pm and approximately 25 miles outside of Gothenburg near Lake Anten, Enebakken in Sweden, multiple residents of the area would witness one of the most bizarre evenings on record. Reports would suggest that at least 20 witnesses local to the area would observe a “brilliant color-changing ball” moving overhead. It was approximately at the height of the treetops, which were illuminated in the wash of the glow from the object.

One witness would describe the object as: …oblong with an indication of a cupola!

What’s more, several of the witnesses would describe a soft humming sound that appeared to accompany the appearance of the object.

Another witness, Mr. Karlsson – a local farm owner, would claim that he was about to go to bed a little time before midnight. However, as he did so, he noticed that the cars outside were all stopping in the middle of the road. Sensing something out of the ordinary was underway, he was about to look outside when his son ran in stating that “something red in color” was moving over the town.

It was then that Karlsson saw the “strong red light” moving “to and fro” above the treetops. He would continue that the object “behaved so strangely” as it moved across the area. He would state how the speed would vary, and that the glowing red object would temporarily disappear “only to reappear” again a short time later.

Multiple Witnesses See The Same Thing!

Karlsson, along with his wife, would continue to watch the bizarre aerial vehicle as it traversed the nearby skies. They would venture outside for a short time but would watch most of the events from their window.

At one stage, Mr. Karlsson would recall that it appeared to land “at the meadow in front of the forest”. Shortly after this, they would witness yellow-white “beams of light” emanating from the object.

They would continue to watch the object for several hours, eventually returning to bed at around 2 am. When they did so, the object was still outside their home, although reports from other witnesses would state that the craft would disappear a short time after this time.

Another witness was Mr. Nilsson, who was one of the motorists who had stopped his car on the road when they saw the bizarre craft overhead. He would claim that it was just before 11:30 pm when he and a friend were driving along the highway when they noticed “a red light moving to and fro and up and down”. Every now and then, it would stand still. They would watch the light in their stopped vehicle for around ten minutes before going on with their journey.

At around the same time, Mrs. Aronsson, along with her friend, witnessed a “bright, illuminated ball” which was moving across the sky just above the trees. She would further describe the object as being an extremely bright red.

Another motorist, Mrs. Olsson was driving home with her husband after visiting friends. They would notice a strange glowing object at just short of half-past midnight. They would describe the object as looking similar to a “rear lamp on a car” and watched it for 3 to 4 minutes before carrying on their way.

More Witnesses On The Other Side Of The Town!

As well as the witnesses on the road near to Karlsson’s farm, there were eight further witnesses who would observe events from the other side of the town.

For example, Mr. Johansson would claim he, his wife and two friends first witnessed a bright, red ball above the area at around 11:45 pm. Like other witnesses, they would further state that the object was the typical size as one might expect to view the full moon. Aside from the bizarre movements, only the bright, glowing red color indicated that it wasn’t our celestial companion.

Like the other witnesses, Johansson and his group watched the object moving up and down and “to and fro” over the top of the trees of the forest. At one stage, they would even recall seeing “something like a beam of light coming from the ground”. They would recall looking that the light was “constant” and reflected off the surface of the nearby lake.

In fact, so intrigued was Johansson, that he and the husband of the other couple with them jumped into their car and attempted to drive to the source of the light near the forest. However, as they negotiated the roadways to the woodland, they would notice another car pulled up on the side of the road. In it were two gentlemen who were also attempting to locate the source of the light.

As the four witnesses discussed the situation, the lights suddenly went out. Johansson and his friend would turn their car around and then return home. Who the two gentlemen were and where they went following the exchange with Johansson and his friend remains a mystery.

Johansson and the other witnesses in his car would see the strange glowing object again at around 1 am from their home.

An Object That Weight Five Tons And No More Than 28 Feet Across!

Johansson would prove to be a vital witness in the sighting. Not least as it was on his land that he and several of the others in his group would discover the strange indentions on the ground, near to where the lights appeared to be shining upward the previous evening.

The indentions were approximately 10 feet apart in an equilateral triangle. What’s more, they were a near-perfect circle approximately 40 cm in width and around 7 cm in depth. The depth of these impressions would suggest that the object that made them was extremely heavy.

Mr. Limu, who performed investigations at the scene, would estimate that the object likely had a weight in excess of 75 feet at each of the indention points. Furthermore, this would suggest to Limu that the object had an overall weight of five tons. Even how the indentions were made would suggest that the object that made them had most likely come from above.

This, of course, would not only match the witness statements that claimed to see the glowing object land in a meadow near the forest. But also, that the lights seen by multiple witnesses were by and large in the same area as the indentions now were.

Furthermore, given there were no broken trees or branches around the indentions, Limu would estimate that the object could have been a maximum of 28 feet across. NOTE: The above image is CGI.

KEN PFEIFER WORLD UFO PHOTOS AND NEWS

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOSANDNEWS.ORG

THANKS TO https://www.ufoinsight.com

ALIEN COMBAT AND CRASHED ALIEN CRAFT IN RUSSIA

Featured

SEPTEMBER 16, 1989 ……..ZAOSTROVKA RUSSIA

Well known Russian UFO investigator Nikolay Subbotin relates an amazing story of a battle of flying saucers. This incident allegedly took place in the skies of Zaostrovka, in Russia in 1989. On September 16, six circular, silver, flying saucers ganged up and fought a seventh, golden saucer, in full view of the residents of the town and surrounding areas.

Hundreds of witnesses watched the gang of six chase the golden saucer out of a cloud bank.

All of the saucers made unbelievable maneuvers during this dog fight, and at times, the UFOs flew as low as 5,000 feet. The weapon of choice was a strong beam of light or energy fired at and from the escaping golden UFO.

According to the RUFORS Internet newsletter, an account of this event was published in the local newspaper, “Semipalatinsk.” According to this report, written by a Russian helicopter commander in the Afghan war, the energy emitted during this battle shut down the local power grid in Zaostrovka, plunging the city into total darkness for a time.

The author, named Sichenko, interviewed witnesses of the event, publishing many of their fantastic accounts of the events that day.

The witnesses claimed that the outnumbered golden UFO finally was defeated, losing altitude due to the continued hits by the energy beams. The failing saucer at first seemed to be attempting to make a controlled landing, but eventually it lost control, disappearing from view behind a house as it plunged to the ground. The six assaulting saucers soon disappeared from view, heading into the clouds.

Subbotin discovered that the lost saucer had crashed into a bog on a military test range. This area was “off limits” to the general public. It would be about a year before he and accompanying researchers could reach the site of the crash, but by that time, the area was clean, free of any trace of a crashed vehicle.

Subbotin would learn that a military team had descended on the boggy area, and conducted a full search and rescue operation. There were reported injuries during this operation. Russian Ufologist Emil Bachurin was able to see medical files which confirmed details of injuries to military personnel involved in the mission.

It would be reported that several members of the search and rescue team had leaked information about the operation, but their breach of confidence was discovered, and security was made even tighter.

Also, an airplane attempting to fly over the area and gather details about the crash had to abort its mission because of instrument malfunction.

Eventually, all activities at the military range were shut down, and the base put under heavy guard. This case is very similar to another Russian case, the Shaitan Mazar Crash, which also involved Subbotin and Bachurin.

If the event of 1989 is true, there is a downed flying saucer in the possession of the Russian military, or possibly being guarded by the military in its own icy grave in the city of Zaostrovka. NOTE: The above image is CGI.

KEN PFEIFER WORLD UFO PHOTOS AND NEWS

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOSANDNEWS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.UFOCASEBOOK.COM

ALIEN CRAFT PHOTO FROM NEWTON ABBOT DEVON ENGLAND

Featured

MAY 1, 2020 ……NEWTON ABBOT DEVON ENGLAND

Hi Ken: I was sky watching from my open bedroom window when I spotted an object that was very high up in the sky. The object had just flown out of a large cloud and I could not identify it as any known type of aircraft. The object made some very abrupt turns as it flew in and out of several clouds that were scattered throughout the sky. The longer I watched the object the more perplexed I became. I zoomed in on the object with my Nikon P900 camera to get a better look. I could see that it was very unusual looking and it appeared to have an orange glowing inner area that was oval shaped and on the bottom of the object there were what looked like extended landing legs. I took a photograph and continued to watch as the object had now started to descend over Decoy park towards a wooded area. As it got lower it seemed to slow down. I couldn’t believe it the object appeared to land somewhere in the vicinity of that wooded area. I really wanted to get in the car and drive there to see where it had landed and carry out a thorough investigation of the whole area but due to the corona virus lock down restrictions  I was unable to. I closely observed the area where it had landed looking through my high powered zoom binoculars and after about 15 minutes I saw the object shoot up into the sky at incredible speed before it then disappeared up into the atmosphere. I could hardly believe what I had just witnessed. The Photograph was taken ‎on the 1st of ‎May ‎2020, at Newton Abbot Devon England. All the best John.

KEN PFEIFER WORLD UFO PHOTOS AND NEWS

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOSANDNEWS.ORG

THANKS TO JOHN MOONER AND https://ufologist.yolasite.com/

ALIEN CONTACT CLOSE ENCOUNTER POLAND

Featured

AUGUST 11, 2003…….SZCZECINEK POLAND

In the early hours of 11th August 2003, at around 4:20 am, Lech Chacinski was making his way along the still quiet roads on his way to work. Just outside Szczecinek, he would find himself approaching a bridge. Before he could get there, however, a strange figure suddenly appeared in the road.

As Chacinski focused in on the figure a little closer, he could see that its hand was raised, almost as if in greeting. And what’s more, two other men stood behind, with one to either side of him.

The truck driver would bring his car to a stop, all the while keeping his focus on the strange men in the middle of the road. Not least as they wore something akin to an astronaut suit. However, as the mysterious figure approached, he realized there was something “disturbingly extraordinary” to them that he couldn’t quite describe.

He would further state that the figures appeared human in almost every way. They were of standard adult height, with a head, two arms and two legs with everything where you would expect it to be.

Their attire was distinctly shiny, with the appearance of a “dull, silvery, elastic foil”, while each figure also had on a helmet with a black visor where the face and eyes would be. Their clothing had a puffed-out look to it, almost as if it was providing some kind of protection from the inside for the person who was wearing it.

On the torso area of the clothing was a rectangular section that had “7 lights in each row” which flashed different colors constantly. On their backs, again very similar to modern-day astronauts, was some kind of backpack device.

A Sudden Relaxed State And Telepathic Communication!

The figure approached the car and peered in through the side window. Chacinski could see, through the dark visor on the figure’s helmet, “two round black eyes” looking in at him. So disturbing were they, that the truck driver went to restart his car and vacate the area as quickly as possible. However, before he could do so, a “beam of light” appeared on top of the humanoid’s helmet and shot forward to Chacinski.

The next thing he knew, he waking several minutes later. This time, though, he could hear the strange figure’s voice inside his head.

Upon waking, Chacinski noted that he felt a distinct feeling of calm running through him. What’s more, the voice, after assuring the previously frightened motorist that he should not be afraid, asked if he could hear them. To this, without speaking out loud, Chacinski replied that he could.

The figure would then proceed to ask the witness about his vehicle. In particular “what material” it was made from, as well as questions concerning the fuel and “how it works”. Chacinski would state that he sensed “great surprise” when he relayed the information they requested.

Interestingly, they would further offer warnings regarding our collective need to respect nature, as well as to better protect the planet. Should we not manage to achieve this, there would be “catastrophic” consequences. This is something that comes up in many similar humanoid encounter claims. Should we take it as a detail of credence? Or, as we have asked before, does it show a personal agenda hidden within an apparent extraterrestrial encounter?

Chacinski did manage to ask the humanoids where they came from, to which they replied, “Eight Galaxy”.

A Credible Account With Physical Evidence Left Behind?

Following the telepathic exchange, the three humanoids then began to hover several meters above the ground before they “floated” away from the road and toward a huge disc-like object. Chacinski wasn’t sure if the metallic craft had been there all along or if it had just appeared.

He would estimate it was around 1,000 feet away from his vehicle and was approximately 150 feet wide. He would also recall several rows of windows along the upper section of the craft. On the top, seemingly in the center, was an “opaque chamber”.

The three figures were now directly underneath the craft. As Chacinski looked on, a “very bright blue-white light” suddenly emerged from the underside of the disc. Amazed, the witness watched as this strange light “took the three beings up” into the strange object. Almost immediately, the light went out and in its place was a “colored smoke”. This appeared to wrap itself around the entire vehicle.

The craft began to rise to a distance of around 100 to 150 feet in the air. It then moved along the course of the ground for several seconds. As it did so, the strange colored smoke followed with it. Then, after stopping briefly for a moment, the craft made a slight buzzing or hissing sound. It then disappeared upwards into the early morning sky.

It was then that Chacinski turned toward the field where the object had previously been resting. He could clearly see the outline of the underside of the otherworldly vehicle. Upon making a report of the incident, several photographs were taken of the indentions. The case, though, and the evidence left behind, appear to be genuine and credible.

Otherworldly Visitations Or Personal Agendas In Disguise?

What’s more, many who investigated the case or interviewed Chacinski would come away believing his honesty over the matter.

Were these strange figures alien visitors from another world? After all, they did claim to be from “Eight Galaxy” which would suggest so. Or might they be something completely different, here only under the guise of extraterrestrials? If so, who, or what would be behind such trickery? And for what purpose?

And of course, we must also consider the possibility that these aliens are, in fact, an unknown indigenous civilization. Possibly one that resides in the outer regions of the planet, or even inside the Earth itself. NOTE: The above image is CGI.

KEN PFEIFER WORLD UFO PHOTOS AND NEWS

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOSANDNEWS.ORG

THANKS TO MARCUS LOWTH AND https://www.ufoinsight.com

NORTHWEST FLIGHT A319 AND WITNESS ON GROUND SPOT UFO OVER ONTARIO

Featured

MARCH 28, 2003 …….TORONTO CANADA

On the evening of 25th March – around 90 minutes before the sighting of the two objects by the Northwest A319 crew – a Toronto resident was walking his dog as he normally would be at that time in each evening. The sound of an airplane caused the dog walker to look upward. However, due to the clouds, he couldn’t see the passing plane. He did, however, witness “two small spheres” seemingly below this cloud cover moving overhead.

Because the objects were of a dark material, they were perfectly visible against the white backdrop of the clouds. The witness would guess that they were traveling at an altitude of anywhere from 1000 to 8000 feet and were seemingly traveling at the exact same speed given how they maintained the same distance from each other throughout.

It was after watching them for several moments that the witness realized that the sound of the airplane had ceased. This also alerted them to the fact that the two objects, whatever they were, were traveling in absolute silence.

The objects would remain in sight for between one to two minutes before disappearing from the witness’s view. He would make note of the details as soon as he returned home and would make a report of the incident the following day, although he was essentially thanked for his information and dismissed.

Whether of consequence or not, records also show that the day following the sighting, on 26th March, NORAD would conduct “classified” military training exercises in the South Dakota and Canada regions. Might these training exercises have provided perfect cover to investigate the region that had recently witnessed such strange aerial activity? NOTE: The above image is CGI.

KEN PFEIFER WORLD UFO PHOTOS AND NEWS

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOSANDNEWS.ORG

THANKS TO https://www.ufoinsight.com

PILOTS ALIEN CRAFT PHOTO OVER THE MOJAVE DESERT

Featured

SEPTEMBER 9, 1985……MOJAVE DESERT CALIFORNIA

One incident involved David Hastings, a British pilot pictured to the left, who, along with his co-pilot, David Paterson, was flying a Cessna Skymaster plane over the Mojave Desert in America on Sept. 9, 1985.

“We were sitting there enjoying the sunshine when we both suddenly saw this speck out on the horizon at our 12 o’clock position,” Hastings told HuffPost.

“This speck suddenly grew extremely quickly until we saw this huge shadow go over the top of us,” he recounted. “But the most amazing thing about it was there was no noise and absolutely no movement or turbulence at all. We looked at each other, saying, ‘What the hell was that?'”

At that point, both pilots felt that something was in the air off the port (left) side of their plane, but they couldn’t see anything there. They agreed that they were able to sense something moving outside.

Hastings walked to the back of the plane, grabbed his camera and returned to the cockpit where he snapped two pictures out the window. All he was able to see in the camera viewfinder was the left wing of the plane and the ground below.

UFO Photograph

It was only after they returned to San Francisco and got the pictures developed that they knew they’d encountered something extraordinary.

“One picture showed what we expected to see — the aircraft wing and the ground,” said Hastings. “But in the second one, there was this [cigar-shaped] thing. We were both convinced that it was not a manmade object.

“Several pilots have seen UFOs in England, so it didn’t surprise me, but I was surprised that we actually got a picture of it.”

Hastings recalls that, although he wasn’t frightened by the object, he was mostly concerned about the initial encounter with it and the possibility of a mid-air collision. No hoax was ever determined in this case, which remains unexplained to this day.

Why do aviation officials avoid talking about UFOs? In the UK, Clarke suggests it’s something that could result in bad publicity.

“Don’t forget, this is a commercial operation and the aircrew are very reluctant to file a report because the airline companies don’t want them answering questions about things that aren’t part of the corporate image.”

KEN PFEIFER WORLD UFO PHOTOS AND NEWS

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOSANDNEWS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.UFOCASEBOOK.COM

TRIANGLE ALIEN CRAFT SPOTTED IN HOPATCONG NEW JERSEY

Featured

NOVEMBER 27, 2019 ……..HOPATCONG NEW JERSEY

I saw a very large, 30-40 foot black/gray triangle UFO. I was on the phone at around 4 AM on the phone with my friend giving spiritual advice to my friend, his mother has an incurable cancer. I was in the middle of a very positive rant, he was feeling hopeful; the energy was strong, I was assuring him that the universe has unlimited resources and giving my best pitch for enlightened communication, I felt very good. I was telling him if he was to be any help being around someone sick, he’d have to find relief himself and climb the emotional scale, and that’s when I first saw the lights. I was standing on a road that is surrounded by woods at the top of a mountain area, a place I end up often while talking to him late at night while walking because I pace as I talk so I find it’s good (and helps me be positive) to walk and talk. It was late and I didn’t want to walk anymore, so I was just standing on this road that is very secluded to not wake anyone. In the midst of my good-energy rant, I saw (and was describing it in real time in absolute astonishment on the phone) enormous white lights approaching, they seemed to ascend from trees about a thousand feet from where I stood in a deeper wooded area that has a hiking path. Where I stood, it was a bit on an incline, with trees and telephone poles that are approximately 40 or 50 feet above me. I thought, and told my friend, it looked like an angel. There seemed to be several points of light and the extreme brightness was incredible. Planes fly over all the time, and they have blinking red lights and even at that distance I’d probably hear something. It was not a plane. It headed directly in my direction. I simply stood in awe and couldn’t stop talking about what I was seeing, in a state of shock and utter amazement. It got close enough, and the speed was incredibly slow compared to a plane which would have been over my head in a matter of seconds. It barely made any sound, there seemed to be only a hum. As it was was flying towards me, I could see that it was a triangle, very black. The bright white lights were emanating from the top seemingly because when it was directly over me I could see the belly clearly and there was some gray color and several sets of green, amber, yellow lights that did not blink. It also had something that was a rectangular shape, very black, sitting on the top; perhaps 10-15 feet tall like a big box in the center of the triangle. The triangle was extremely low, it was only just slightly above the telephone poles. It was moving slow enough to be able to get a very clear look at it as it passed directly over me and headed toward the other side of the mountain. It went directly over me so that my body was perfectly underneath the triangle. I remained there on the phone for another ten or twenty minutes talking, still in a kind of shock until my phone died and I walked home. NOTE: The above image is CGI.

This case is under investigation by State Section Director Bob Spearing of MUFON New Jersey.

KEN PFEIFER WORLD UFO PHOTOS AND NEWS

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOSANDNEWS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.MUFON.COM

ALIEN CRAFT ENCOUNTER BY TWO FRIENDS IN RUSSIA

Featured

JANUARY 1, 2004…….IVANOVO RUSSIA

Intriguing globe-like sighting comes to us from Chronometer Magazine regarding an incident from Ivanovo in Russia on 1st January 2004. As they had only had a little champagne to celebrate the new year, the main witness, along with two friends, put on their coats and decided to take a quick walk around the streets to soak in the festivities taking place.

However, as they were doing so they noticed a “large orange sphere” that was not only overhead but appeared to be heading toward them. What’s more, it was descending as it did so. The three witnesses stared in fascination and nervousness at the object before one of them suddenly noticed that a strange humanoid figure – that appeared to have a snout in place of a nose – was watching them from several yards away.

Even more bizarre, however, was what happened next. The strange figure, which appeared to be smiling at the group menacingly, suddenly turned around. When it did so, though, it appeared to be completely flat. The witness would later state it appeared as though “it had been run over by an asphalt roller”.

Suddenly, an “invisible wave” hit the man sending him falling to the ground as if he had been physically pushed. He appeared to black out momentarily as the next thing he knew the figure nor the glowing orange sphere were no longer there. Even stranger, while his two friends saw the glowing sphere, they couldn’t recall it disappearing. Nor did they see the strange “flat” humanoid”.

This particular account has many insinuations that these spherical crafts, and perhaps even the occupants are not as real – at least as we might understand the word – as we think they are. NOTE: The above image is CGI.

KEN PFEIFER WORLD UFO PHOTOS AND NEWS

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOSANDNEWS.ORG

PHOTOS OF A HIGH FLYING ALIEN CRAFT OVER MINNESOTA

Featured

APRIL 25, 2020 ……..SCANDIA MINNESOTA

A light hovered in the sky. As I reported what I was seeing, the light drifted to the south until it was behind a tree. The shape of the light changes and at times expands at certain intervals. The light is closer than stars are and is seen through a telescope with the increased magnification of an 8 on the phone. The telescope is magnified 80 times and can pick up objects 5 miles away.

These lights have been viewed a half a dozen times in the last 4 months. It almost appears transluscent with the exception of a straight beam of light in its core that can be horizontal or vertical. This light behaved in a methodical way, other times, lights like this one, move erratically when the light changes colors. Other lights on the ground can be seen blinking and flashing in the opposite direction also 5 miles away from my viewing area.

KEN PFEIFER WORLD UFO PHOTOS AND NEWS

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOSANDNEWS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.MUFON.COM

ALIEN CRAFT CLOSE ENCOUNTER N WINDSOR VERMONT

Featured

MARCH 23, 2020 …..WINDSOR VERMONT

Well here it is my crazy little story. On my way to work one morning, I traveling up i-91 and getting off the interstate at exit 14, where it crossed route 113. I went up the ramp and saw a red light at the top of my windshield so i turned around quickly thinking someone was on the wrong side of the road and it was someone backing up the ramp. Then at the top of the ramp looking through my windshield I saw it, a circular disc traveling over the road slowly in front of me, traveling at a joggers pace about 20-30 ft. off the ground and about 15 ft. from my car. The flying saucer disc was about 30 feet in diameter no windows, antennas, props, or jet intake or outtake valves. The saucer was totally silent. I had no radio on, the car is electric and window was down, no noises to be heard. Underneath at front was a red light which stayed on and 3/4 back underneath was a slow flashing green light. The color of the craft was a dark charcoal gray to dark brownish color mix. This whole experience has totally messed me up a bit. There are a couple fields near by so my first thing to do was to look for someone with a remote control flying a drone, at 7am in the morning but no one was out anywhere and that would have been a really big drone toy to be flying, so for me in my mind I did see a traveler from another world. Life does exist out there somewhere. One last thing as it was about to cross over the interstate it took off and was gone in the blink of an eye. I thought to myself if I had my AR-15 with me, I might have shot at it to see if I could have brought it down to have more proof of what I was seeing and looking at.

This case is under investigation by State Director Ken Pfeifer of MUFON Vermont.

KEN PFEIFER WORLD UFO PHOTOS ANS NEWS

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOSANDNEWS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.MUFON.COM

CIGAR SHAPED ALIEN CRAFT ENCOUNTER IN SWEDEN

Featured

JUNE 1985 ………UPPSALA SWEDEN

The account first appeared in the 12th July 1985 edition of the Swedish newspaper, Enkopings Posten. It would unfold one evening in June of the same year.

The incident involved an anonymous woman who was driving home on the evening in question. She was just outside Uppsala when she witnessed what she thought were two police cars ahead. She had the impression that, whoever it was, they were searching for something. This is an interesting detail in many encounters of roadside UFOs. They often revolve around the apparent occupants conducting similar search and collect operations.

She would continue on along the road, every now and then returning her focus to the scene up ahead. Shortly after, however, a bright light appeared in the sky overhead. Still assuming that the lights on the road were the police, she believed the light overhead was a helicopter patrol unit lending assistance. However, the more she looked at the light overhead, the more she realized that it appeared to be bigger than what she would expect a police helicopter to be.

She noticed how the object was a grey color and had three windows along the side. Furthermore, the closer it came, the brighter the white light underneath appeared to be. Then, it suddenly reduced in intensity and the witness could see that the craft was a distinct cigar shape. By the time it had disappeared into the distance, the witness had the realization that she had witnessed something truly out of the ordinary. NOTE:The above image is CGI.

KEN PFEIFER WORLD UFO PHOTOS AND NEWS

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOSANDNEWS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOS.ORG

THANKS TO https://www.ufoinsight.com

CLOSE ENCOUNTER OF THE FOURTH KIND IN RUSSIA

Featured

SEPTEMBER 27, 1989 …..VORONEZH RUSSIA

One of the most bizarre accounts of UFO folklore involves an incident that allegedly occurred in Voronezh, Russia. This case was reported in the United States by the St. Louis Dispatch. The story was originally published on October 11, 1989, in America, but its origin was the Russian newspaper TASS.

The report recounts the adventures of several young children who claimed to have seen a three-eyed alien with a robot escort. The alien was said to be about nine foot tall. The craft, according to eye witness testimony, landed on the outskirts of the city. Shortly thereafter, the tall alien appeared, and upon seeing the young lad, shot a type of weapon at him, causing him to vanish before the eyes of the other people around him.

There are several important elements one must keep in mind regarding this extremely strange case of a close encounter. The original details of the case were brought forward by Genrikh Silanov, head of the Voronezh Geophysical Laboratory, who gave details to the TASS agency.

Silanov stated that the media took an enormous amount of creative freedom with his report. “Don’t believe all you hear from Tass,” he stated.” We never gave them part of what they published.” I take this statement to mean that only a part of the news agency’s report was based on the facts obtained from Silanov. The agency had informed the entire world that Russian scientists had confirmed that an alien spaceship carrying giants with tiny heads had landed in Voronezh, a city of over 800,000 people located about 300 miles southeast of Moscow.

They stated that as many as three of these giant creatures had emerged from the alien ship. These strange creatures were said to have walked in a nearby park, accompanied by a menacing robot. Ironically, TASS was the only media member to print the story in Russia. The newspaper Pravda declined to print, or comment on the strange tale. In defense of the TASS account, Soviet reporter Skaya Kultura said that the agency was following the ”the golden rule of journalism.” “The reader must know everything.”

The TASS account stated that the UFO landed in Voronezh on September 27, 1989, at 6:30 P.M. Young boys playing soccer witnessed the event, stating that a pinkish glow preceded the descent of the unusual flying craft. The pink glow became a deep red as it touched down. Most witnesses described the object as a flattened, disc shape. A crowd quickly gathered, and peered through a hatch that opened. They saw a ”three-eyed alien” about 10 feet tall, clad in silvery overalls and bronze-colored boots and wearing a disk on his chest. “

The TASS account also stated: “A boy screamed with fear, but when the alien gazed at him, with eyes shining, he fell silent, unable to move. Onlookers screamed, and the UFO and the creatures disappeared.” According to the report, about five minutes later, they reappeared. The alien had an object similar to a pistol – a tube about 20 inches long, which it pointed at an unidentified 16-year-old boy, making him disappear.

The alien went inside the sphere, which then took off. At the same time, the boy reappeared. “Children and eyewitnesses of the abnormal phenomenon have been questioned by police workers and journalists,” wrote E. Efremov, the Voronezh correspondent for Soviet Skaya Kultura.” “There are no discrepancies in the description of the sphere itself or the actions of the aliens. Moreover, all the children who became witnesses to this event are still afraid, even now.”

Voronezh residents interviewed later claimed they had observed this UFO not just during the above incident but also many times on September 21, 23, 29 and October 2, between 6 and 9 PM. Some of these incidents involved a different entity: small, with grayish-green face and blue overcoat resembling a loose raincoat.

This phenomenal account is still in need of more eyewitness testimony and research. The Voronezh landing remains an unsolved mystery. NOTE: The above image is CGI.

KEN PFEIFER WORLD UFO PHOTOS AND NEWS

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOSANDNEWS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.UFOCASEBOOK.COM

ANOTHER ALIEN CRAFT PHOTO FROM THE UNITED KINGDOM

Featured

4-23-20 …..NEWTON ABBOT DEVON ENGLAND

Hi Ken: I was sat in the back garden sky watching and it was a lovely hot sunny day. The sky was clear and blue and there were no planes about in the sky. It was the perfect day and I couldn’t wait to capture something odd in the sky above me. I was sat there for some time looking around the sky with my Nikon P900 camera when a royal navy helicopter flew over the area. I watched it for a while before I took some photographs. I looked on as the helicopter flew over the horizon where I then instantly spotted a saucer shaped object that was moving at speed across the sky. When I zoomed in on the saucer with my Nikon P900 camera I could see that it was violet in colour.

I quickly took a photograph of the saucer and watched as it accelerated away at great speed before I lost sight of it. Even though I only managed to capture the saucer in one photograph I still feel that it is very compelling evidence of alien crafts in our skies. I regularly see UFO’s around this area day or night and I strongly believe that the reason for this is because of our close proximity to the sea where I believe the aliens have underwater bases. The photograph was taken at 1:36 PM on the 23rd of ‎April ‎2020, ‏at Newton Abbot Devon England. All the best John

John Mooner is the Chief Investigator for World UFO Photos. See Johns we site here>> https://ufologist.yolasite.com/

KEN PFEIFER WORLD UFO PHOTOS AND NEWS

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOSANDNEWS.ORG

ALIEN CRAFT CRASHES INTO LAKE BACKSJON IN SWEDEN

Featured

JULY 27 1999 …..LAKE BACKSJON SWEDEN

During the afternoon of 27th July 1999, several people witnessed a cigar-shaped object “with wings” scream out of the skies and ultimately crash into waters of Lake Backsjon. Most witnesses agreed the object was approximately 15 feet in length and around 5 feet wide. What’s more, it was evident that water was “thrown into the air” following the craft’s apparent disappearance beneath the waves.

A report would eventually find its way to the local police. However, after conducting interviews with the witnesses they would seemingly wash their hands of the matter.

Several weeks later, though, in late August, an official presence was back on the waters of Lake Backsjon. And this time there were representatives from the military, the security police, and the rescue service from nearby Arvika. Initial searches were on a relatively small scale. The searches were thorough, though. However, the size of the waters and area to cover would quickly dawn on the units.

So much so, that Operation Sea Find was put into action on 13th September. And whether the military knew something that the general public didn’t, there appeared to be a decisive effort to locate something, somewhere in the waters. These suspicions appeared even more credible when the local population was assured that the whole operation was nothing but a training exercise.

Speculation only deepened when several conflicting reasons for the exercise surfaced. For example, one claimed there was a concern the object might be “foreign surveillance equipment”. Another, on the other hand, would claim the exercise was a response to a spate of “robberies of government facilities”. Whether there was any truth to all or any of those statements is perhaps open for debate.

Operation Sea Find – A Genuine Recovery Mission Or Another Cover Story?

Whatever the real reasons for Operation Sea Find, the 14-strong unit utilized high-tech underwater photography equipment, as well as equally high-tech sonar devices. What’s more eight of the unit were specialist divers with substantial experience in their field.

The search would continue for several days. It would then suddenly come to a halt with an announcement that nothing of significance had come to light. Vast regions of the waters remained unsearched. However, the sheer size of the lake would have likely meant an operation in excess of a year.

Once more, much like the reasons for beginning the operation, whether the reasons for bringing it to a close are genuine or not remains an area of concern. At least to some. We should perhaps note, however, that the military themselves would express surprise that they hadn’t managed to recover anything of interest from the waters.

What might they have been expecting to find in the cold, murky lake? Might something actually have been found only to be covered up by those in charge of the search? We should note that such claims are speculative, although, given the subject at hand, perhaps understandable.

Might it be, though, that the military really didn’t find anything as there wasn’t anything to find? Not that the strange craft didn’t enter the water as per the multiple witnesses. But that it did so purposely in order to enter some kind of unknown gateway or tunnel system. One that might take it to another part of the country, or even the world. NOTE: The above image is CGI.

KEN PFEIFER WORLD UFO PHOTOS AND NEWS

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOSANDNEWS.ORG

THANKS TO MARCUS LOWTH AND https://www.ufoinsight.com

DETAILED ALIEN ABDUCTION IN MANHATTAN NEW YORK

Featured

NOVEMBER 30, 1989 …….MANHATTAN NEW YORK

An extremely compelling and controversial case of alien abduction is that of Linda Napolitano, (originally aliased as Cortile) which was researched by the well-known and respected Budd Hopkins.

Napolitano claimed that she was abducted by the so-called “greys,” who floated her from a closed bedroom window into a hovering UFO. The craft was waiting for her above a Manhattan apartment building at about 3:00 A.M. November 30, 1989. Linda’s experience, though intriguing, was hampered at first by memory loss. She could recall only bits and pieces of the abduction.

She could remember vividly the actual kidnapping and the room where she was examined, but the transportation process itself was totally lost to her. Further details of the case would be forthcoming via the passage of time, other witness statements, and through regressive hypnosis.

Hopkins, as to be expected, has been ridiculed by many of his peers, but has been steadfast in searching out the consistent, underlying themes that run through alien abduction cases. Napolitano’s case is remarkable and unique in itself, although following the general abduction pattern on some points. More than a year after Cortile’s experience, Hopkins received mail correspondence from two witnesses, (known as Richard and Dan) who claimed to have actually seen the abduction. Doubtful at first about these witnesses, their claims would ultimately be a building block of the case itself. Agreeing perfectly with Linda’s account of the abduction, the two men were bodyguards of a senior United Nations statesman who was visiting Manhattan. This diplomat would eventually be identified as Javier Perez de Cuellar, who, according to his two bodyguards, was visibly shaken while viewing the surreal scene. These three men encountered an unbelievable sight… the plight of a woman being floated through the air, and not only that… but three entities were also being floated, accompanying her on a short trip to a massive hovering flying craft.

Linda’s own words: “I’m standing up on nothing. And they take me out all the way up, way above the building. Ooh, I hope I don’t fall. The UFO opens up almost like a clam and then I’m inside,” said 41 year old (at the time) Linda.

“I see benches similar to regular benches. And they’re bringing me down a hallway. Doors open like sliding doors. Inside are all these lights and buttons and a big long table.”

“I don’t want to get up on that table. They get me on the table anyway. They start saying things to me and I’m yelling. I can still yell. One of them says something that sounds like {Nobbyegg}. I think they were trying to tell me to be quiet because he put his hand over my mouth.”

The high-level of security clearance and professionalism required for the two bodyguards’ positions would be no help in dealing with what they had seen. What they witnessed that night would become a curse to them, having a deep impact on their lives for years to come. They would become irrational and psychotic, and one of them would become to think of Linda as having some unusual, extraordinary power or influence on others. He began to stalk her. Did he somehow blame Linda for his emotional behavior and fear? Or would his involvement be a threat to his livelihood? The actions of the two bodyguards, whom would later be revealed as CIA agents, presented a strange, enigma to Hopkins. On April 29, 1991 they kidnapped Linda, bundled her into their car in broad daylight and quizzed her for three hours. Dan became increasingly upset with Linda as she repeated stated that she had no idea why it (the abduction) had happened. Linda would be kidnapped a second time by the men who tried to pry information from her, thinking she had a part in the alien abduction herself, which brought them into the case involuntarily. One of the agents, Richard, stated: “There was an oval-shaped object hovering over the top of the apartment building two or three blocks up from where we sat.” “We didn’t know where it came from. It happened too fast. Its lights turned from a bright reddish orange to a whitish blue coming out of the bottom. Green lights rotated round the edge of the saucer. A little girl or woman wearing a white gown sailed out of the window in a fetal position – and then stood in mid-air in this beam of light. I could see three of the ugliest creatures I ever saw. I don’t know what they were. They weren’t human.” “Their heads were out of proportion, very large heads with no hair. Those buggers were escorting her into the craft. My partner screamed, ‘We have got to get them.’ We tried to get out of the car but couldn’t. After the woman was escorted in, the oval turned reddish orange again and whisked off.” Hopkins told them that Linda Cortile was the woman they had seen. Hopkins’ investigation would gain additional momentum when more witnesses to the event would come forward with their stories. As was the usual, Hopkins kept the details of his case private until they reached a certain level of credibility. The additional eyewitnesses stated that they too, had seen the abduction that night from the Brooklyn Bridge. The witnesses (one of which was one Janet Kimbell?, or Kimble) thought they were watching the filming of a scene from an upcoming Sci-fi film. She was a retired telephone operator. Soon, Hopkins could not keep the lid on the Napolitano abduction any longer.
The case would take a dramatic turn when Hopkins finally discovered the identity of the United Nations representative, or the “third man,” as Javier Perez de Cuellar, the former Secretary General of the United Nations. Naturally, Hopkins’ dream would be to get Cuellar to go public with his acknowledgment of the facts of the abduction, which would bring the case and the entire alien abduction question to a sensational level of acceptance within the public’s eye, and the scientific community. Although Cuellar corresponded with Hopkins and verified the abduction, he explained to Hopkins that he could not go public for obvious reasons. Cuellar went even as far as to meet privately with Hopkins to discuss details of his observations that night, but demanded that he remain anonymous.

The Linda Napolitano affair is without question one of the best documented alien abduction cases in UFO history. Most of these cases are related to authorities and investigators by a single person. It is extremely unusual to have multiple witnesses, especially those totally unknown to the experiencer, to validate the facts of an alien abduction.

Hopkins did an exceptional job of holding together the case, despite some unusual twists and turns. NOTE: The above image is CGI.

KEN PFEIFER WORLD UFO PHOTOS AND NEWS

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOSANDNEWS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.UFOCASEBOOK.COM

CLOSE ENCOUNTER OF THE FOURTH KIND IN RUSSIA

Featured

NOVEMBER 2, 1989 ……ARKHANGELSK RUSSIA

Stopped at night on the side of the road, two Russian truck drivers were astounded by the sight of a spaceship before them and amazed when one of the drivers was welcomed aboard.

On the night of 2nd November, 1989 the air temperature dropped very suddenly to below freezing.

Two professional Russian truck drivers, Oleg Kirzhakov and his companion Nikolai Baranchikov were driving their truck from near the area of Arkhangelsk to Moscow.

They were hurrying home to finish all the formalities related to their business trip before the holidays.

In the vicinity of Emtza railway station, the road was blocked by heaps of sand and gravel.

The road in front of them was under repair and Oleg had to turn onto a dirt road to detour. On one bend in the road, the truck’s headlights fell upon a huge structure, which was standing off to the right of the road.

“I thought it was some kind of construction equipment,” said Oleg. “There were many machines there because the road was under construction.

However, when I drove closer, I saw a big object, that in the headlights had a metallic sheen to it. When we got to within 80–90 feet of the object, our motor stalled, and our truck coasted several feet further and stopped.

The headlights that were connected to the back-up power source were still on. My partner and I couldn’t understand what had happened.

The road at this point had a bend in it and trees on the right side of the road blocked our view of the object.

We understood that we were seeing something very unusual in front of us, and were afraid that something unavoidable would happen.

Hence, I asked Nikolai to remain in the truck and observe events while I approached the object.

I left the cab and decided to approach the object to examine it more closely.

After I had passed the hood of the truck, I began to feel, with each step I took, an increased resistance from the air.

My body seemed to melt—it became difficult to move, and I knew that if I got any closer to the object, I would not be able to move at all.”

Oleg turned back toward the truck and tried to approach the object from another direction. He moved carefully, stopping after each step.

He felt the same, constantly-increasing resistance from the air.

He succeeded in coming to within about 30–36 feet of the object. He stopped on the shoulder of the road and began to examine it very carefully. Very quickly, he came to the conclusion that this object was not of Earthly origin.

Truly, it was something very unusual. In front of Oleg, there stood a huge disc-shaped object, approximately 120–140 feet in diameter, with a dome-shaped top, on which no other structures were visible.

Along the perimeter of the disc, there were some dark holes evident, which Oleg at first thought were portholes. Extending from the lower part of the object, there were two structures visible, which seemed to support the ship.

The far edge of the disc was slightly elevated, and was resting on some birch trees, two of which were broken.

The object looked dark and uninhabited and there were no traces visible of windows, doors or hatches.

A fiery request

Why is this object here, in the middle of the forest, at night? What is its purpose? Maybe something has gone wrong and it needs assistance?

All these questions flooded Oleg’s mind and at that very moment, in front of him, at a distance of an outstretched hand, right in the air, appeared a glimmering red, dotted line.

This line formed a transparent, square-shaped screen, 150 mm x 150 mm in size, with rounded corners.

Several words, written in red letters, appeared on the screen. Oleg did not remember the exact phrase, but the essence of the phrase was a request for “burning fire”.

Oleg continued, “I realized that the screen was illuminated on the body of the object. I mechanically turned to look back at Nikolai, who was still sitting in the cab of the truck. Once again, I observed the screen, but this time it appeared to be in front of the truck.

I attempted to look from one side to the other, but no matter where I turned my eyes, the screen remained in front of them. The distance to the screen remained constant and I reached out my hand to try to touch it.

My friend, Nikolai, who was watching these antics from the cab of the truck, later asked me why I moved my hands.

The screen remained in front of me for the duration of the contact.

However, the inscriptions which appeared on the screen remained only as long as was necessary for me to understand each one and only then was the last inscription replaced by a new one.”

Only after Oleg understood what was being demanded of him, he carefully backed away from the object, constantly looking back toward the truck, and still sensing the same resistance.

He returned to the truck and tried to open the right door of the cab, in order to obtain some kitchen matches.

Despite the combined efforts of both men, they were not able to open the door for a considerable length of time.

Suddenly, the door was able to be opened quite easily. Oleg removed the box of matches from the truck’s cabin, together with a bottle of laboratory alcohol, which was used as an anti-freeze in the braking system.

Again asking Nikolai not to leave the truck, Oleg returned to the same place on the shoulder of the road where he had stood before.

However, this time he was able to move easily and he experienced none of the resistance he had encountered previously. He gathered some dry leaves into a pile, poured on some alcohol and ignited them.

Upon lifting his head, he observed that a passage appeared on the surface of the object, which extended into the interior, forming a corridor. At the distant end of this corridor, he could see a glimmering, bluish light.

“At first, I had the impression that a shadow was moving inside the corridor, but then I realized that something was moving in the corridor toward the opening.

When I finally realized what was occurring, I began stepping backward and fell into the ditch along the side of the road. I jumped back onto my feet and continued to observe what was happening.

Something approached the opening and I saw that it was a dark “mass,” which reminded me of a bag or sack.

As the “mass” moved, it swayed and bent from side to side, and its periphery was vague in appearance. At this moment, a shaft extended from the object, bent and descended to the surface of the ground.

The “mass” slid down the shaft, and while increasing in size, approached the fire of burning leaves. I was paralyzed by fear!

The “mass” stood by the fire for a moment and then began to return to the object, taking with it the box of matches. Returning along the same path, the “mass” disappeared in the corridor, together with the box of matches!

Only then did I finally succeed in extracting myself from the ditch. I returned to the road and glanced back at my truck again. The truck’s headlights blinded me, but I nevertheless could see the frightened face of Nikolai, which was pressed forward tightly against the windshield.”

An invitation to enter

For a long time, Oleg remained standing on the road, and was unable to recover his senses.

Realizing that he was witnessing an event that he might never again experience, he decided to wait and observe what would happen next.

He had a sudden wish to observe the ship more closely and immediately an invitation to enter the ship appeared on the screen, which remained visible in front of him. After a short pause, Oleg decided to approach the object.

The first thing that caught his attention was several round openings, approximately 300 mm in diameter, which at first he interpreted to be portholes.

Inside these openings, at a depth of 300–350 mm, a “grid” of intersecting lines, light grey in color, was visible. The central axis of the openings was displaced approximately 30 degrees from the plane formed by the surface of the object.

Oleg was also able to examine one of the support legs that the object rested on. The leg consisted of two parts, which were connected at an articulating joint.

The cross-section of each of the two parts of the leg was in the profile of a three-sided channel beam, with the lower part being smaller in diameter, such that it could be folded inside the upper portion.

On the bottom of the ship, recessed areas were clearly visible into which the legs could be retracted. However, because of poor illumination in the area where the leg was located, Oleg was not able to examine in detail the actual construction of the leg.

The far side of the object was resting on trees and was slanted toward Oleg, such that the lower portion of the opening was just above the level of his head. In order to establish the material that the object was made of, Oleg wanted to touch it with his hand.

A shaft came out of the portion of the object that was nearest to him. It appeared to be a round, smooth tube, with a diameter of approximately 50 mm.

The tube was cold and felt metallic. Then, events developed in the following manner:

“I had a desire to look inside, but since the door was above my head, I decided to grab hold of the tube and jump. The instant I grabbed the tube, I found myself standing just inside the opening. There was nothing there in the form of either steps or an elevator.

I did not feel any kind of external influence, but rather everything seemed to happen naturally, or by itself. I thought of the possibility of danger to me and decided to be as careful as possible.

At that instant, I received a message on the screen that I had nothing to be afraid of, and that I could enter.

Upon entering the corridor, I looked at the walls and noticed the absence of doors.

The corridor was significantly wider than the opening, the floor was flat, and the walls and ceiling formed an oval shape.

“I went along the corridor toward the shimmering light and felt that I was walking on a flat, metallic floor.

Somehow, I got the feeling that the surrounding walls did not have simply a decorative covering, but rather they were structural, and something was connected to them from the back side.

There clearly was some sort of strengthening device attached to them. I did not want to touch the walls, so I am unable to say exactly what it was that served to strengthen them.”

Masses of Lights

Oleg had to proceed along the corridor for approximately 20–25 feet. At the end of the corridor, he saw that it entered into a large hall with a diameter of approximately 60 feet.

On the periphery of the hall, there were five other entrances, similar in appearance to the one through which he had just entered. The ceiling in the hall was domed and it was emitting a soft, diffuse, blue light.

Between the other entrances and along the walls, there were panels of flashing lights. Each panel appeared to consist of five or six vertical elements.

To the left of the entrance through which Oleg had entered, two walls had no panels. In place of the panels, there were horizontal recesses in the walls, which were dark in color.

Also to the left, he observed two dark, vague spots that looked like bags, which at first were motionless, but then began to move toward him. The bags were identical to the “mass” which he had seen near the fire.

Oleg stopped, and stood motionless at the entrance to the hall.

“As soon as I looked around the hall, certain questions came to me, answers to which appeared immediately on the screen. But then I noticed that answers appeared in my head before I was able to read them on the screen.

Several answers were accompanied by demonstrations of the operation of those structures that interested me.

In such a manner, my question of the significance of the dark, horizontal recess in the wall off to my left was demonstrated to me.

The recess was a three- dimensional information screen, on which I was shown the interior of another sister ship, with the same moving ‘masses’ (during the demonstration, the two ‘masses’ in our ship were motionless).

Then, they showed a ship in space, among the stars, and at the end of the demonstration, they showed the presenter of a Soviet television program called Vremya.

“Off to my right side, there was an oval control panel, or desk, located about five feet from the wall, on which there were many switches and lights.

All of the illuminated buttons had a flat, square shape.

Some of them were elevated above the level of the control panel, and others were flush with the top of the panel. On the upper surface of the lamps, there were some symbols in the form of geometric figures, e.g. circles, triangles, quadrilateral figures, lines, etc., and combinations of the above.

The black switches on the panel were similar in appearance to toggle switches. There were no meters or scales on the control panel at all.”

In addition, Oleg described a long, straight divan, which stood next to the control panel, and a circular crack in the floor, which surrounded the central part of the hall.

The crack gave him reason to believe that the central part of the floor was able to rotate, allowing the control panel to be positioned in front of any of the vertical panels situated along the walls.

On the vertical panels, Oleg noticed the same types of lights that were on the control panel. Many of these lights were flashing. The entire interior of the hall was white in color, including the floor, and only from the ceiling shone soft, blue light.

Looking upward, Oleg tried to locate the source of the light, while simultaneously asking about the nature of the light. No answer to his question appeared on the screen.

Then, in response to his question, “Who are you?” and “Where are you from?” the dome in the hall slowly started to dim, and like in a planetarium, a star map appeared on the ceiling.

While Oleg was trying to find some familiar star system, one of the stars suddenly began to pulsate and descend slowly.

The dark, almost black starlit sky, combined with the pulsating star suspended over Oleg’s head, as well as with the flashing lights of the control and vertical panels, emitted enough light to permit him to see all elements in the entire interior of the spacecraft.

In a minute, the pulsating star slowly rose and the dome illuminated with the diffuse blue light.

Oleg was unable to carefully study and remember the star map shown to him. He asked where this pulsating star was located. They answered, “This is in your galaxy”.

“I asked question after question. The answers I received were heard in my head before I saw them on the screen.

I asked, ‘What kind of ship am I on now? What kind of propulsion system do you use to make it fly?’

In response I was told that this spacecraft was a scout ship and used electromagnetic fields to fly.

I was also told that they were studying our planet, which they need as a springboard to the future.

In response to my question ‘Do you have any connection with Bigfoot?’, they said, ‘Yes’ and added that they watch Bigfoot continuously.

As I was asking question after question, I suddenly noticed that a third ‘mass’ had appeared in the hall and then a fourth.

I watched a conversation take place between them and came to the understanding that the time for me to leave had arrived. My next thought was to leave something with them for a memory.

I took off my watch, and wanted to put it on the floor, but at that moment, I was told that they had a complete knowledge of the Earth and needed nothing.

For the first time during this visit, they asked me, ‘Why do I use a watch made in another country?’

“Then I asked, ‘Is it possible to see you once again?’ They said, ‘If you are in danger we will find you within 15 seconds’.

“Backing out a few steps from the hall, I turned and went along the corridor towards the opening.

As I came up to the opening of the spacecraft, I took hold of the tube by my right hand and I immediately found myself standing on the ground.

Not looking back, I went to the ditch and crossed over to the road, to the same place where I had stood a few minutes before.

When I looked back, I noticed that the tube and the opening had disappeared.

After a few seconds, I saw the outer rim begin to move in a clockwise direction.

The dome began to move approximately 30 seconds later in a counterclockwise direction and a luminescence surrounded the spacecraft.

As the revolutions became faster, the luminescence enveloped the spacecraft and it became a ball of light.”

Oleg noticed that the rotation of all parts of the craft and the luminescence was happening in absolute silence.

At this moment he saw on the road two more cars with their headlights on. For a few seconds this distracted his attention from the spacecraft.

The sound of the trees cracking made him turn and look at the spacecraft.

The ball of light slightly shifted position and slowly began to rise. Abruptly accelerating, the craft shot out of sight towards the north east.

His friend Nikolai got out of the truck and together with the occupants from the other vehicles, came up to Oleg. They asked him a lot of questions. Oleg was impressed by the experience but at the same time, was too moved to speak or fully realize all that had just happened.

His hands and legs were trembling.

When he got into his truck, he was unable to use the accelerator or to shift gears. He had to let his partner drive.

Oleg leaned back on the truck seat and looked at his watch, which he still had in his hand.

From the moment the truck had stopped, 20 minutes had passed. They still had a day and a half to get to Moscow, their destination. NOTE: The above image is CGI.

KEN PFEIFER WORLD UFO PHOTOS AND NEWS

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOSANDNEWS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.UFOCASEBOOK.COM

THE AREA 51 ALIEN INTERVIEW VIDEO.

Featured

1989 ……AREA 51 NEVADA

Area 51: The Alien Interview video is color video footage claimed to have been obtained by a man who identifies himself only as “Victor,” who purports it to be of an extraterrestrial being interrogated at a government facility.

Victor maintains the footage was copied from a top-secret video originally recorded at Area 51. For fear of having his identity pinpointed, he never specifies whether he was an employee at the facility, but vaguely states that he “had reason to be present at Area 51… more than once.”

Though the Alien Interview documentary states the copy was smuggled out of Area 51, Victor once again strays from details by never specifically saying where the copying took place. He merely insists that an instance of “data leaking” occurred during a massive transfer of video documentation from video analog to digital disc storage in a “(lower) security system.” Victor took advantage of the circumstances to copy the footage.

On July 26, 1996, after several unsuccessful attempts to get network television companies to view and subsequently air his video, Victor contacted Rocket Pictures, an independent home video distribution company based in Los Angeles. Company president Tom Coleman, though reluctant at first, agreed to produce a documentary based on the video after his telephone conversation with Victor. Coleman sought the opinion of outside experts before going forth with making the documentary, and invited ufologist Sean David Morton to view the video.

On March 13, 1997, Morton, being interviewed by Art Bell on the Coast to Coast AM radio show, made mention of the video and described it in great detail, thus marking it the first time the general public became aware of the video’s existence. Victor himself would be interviewed by Bell just two months later. Calling from a phone and using a device to alter his voice, Victor also went into detail over the contents of the video.

The alleged alien in an interrogation room. The video is approximately two minutes and 55 seconds in length. It contains the bold white characters “DNI/27” imposed in the bottom left corner while a clock that runs upwards from “04:00:18:15” to “04:03:12:25” during the duration of the video appears in the bottom center.

A diminutive being that fits the description of that of the Greys is seated at a rectangular table. The subject, which Victor says was brought to Area 51 after its craft was shot down in 1989, is situated behind the end of the table farthest from where the video is being shot and is behind a large piece of glass which Victor describes as part of a “bio-containment area” meant to protect the alleged alien from microbes and viruses. Reflected in the glass is what appears to be two television monitors. The alien’s head appears to be covered in bruises and what Morton suggests is a heart monitor can be seen on the table in front of the being.

A person who Victor claims is a military officer attempting to communicate with the alien telepathically can be seen in the left foreground, while a more casually-dressed human figure can alternately be seen entering/leaving the video in the right foreground. The room where the interview is taking place is very dimly lit, so darkness obscures the two and reveals them as nothing more than two unrecognizable shadowy figures. For the same reason, only the creature’s head is continuously visible, while brief glimpses of its torso are also shown.

About halfway through the video, the alien becomes visibly distressed and appears to begin suffering from violent spasms and bouts of choking/gagging. The military officer signals for two medics, wearing scrubs and masks, to come to the aid of the convulsing alien. The medics shine a flashlight into its facial orifices, and one begins to wipe foam away from its mouth. At this point the video ends. It contains no audio, which Victor says he deliberately removed so that he could protect the anonymity of those who appear in the video.

The footage has the characters DNI/27 burnt into the bottom line of the frame, along with what appears to be the time code numbers for date, minutes and seconds. The letters DNI could be an acronym for the Department of Naval Intelligence, the group responsible for the Area 51 base, a fact not many people know about. The DNI connection to Area 51 has been widely investigated. George Knapp, the TV journalist who encouraged Bob Lazar to go public with his knowledge has shown that Lazar’s pay cheques from the time he claimed to be working at Area 51 had DNI stamped on them.

SEE VIDEO HERE >> https://youtu.be/AxVuPoE2qf8

KEN PFEIFER WORLD UFO PHOTOS AND NEWS

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOSANDNEWS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.UFOCASEBOOK.COM

UNEXPLAINED ALIEN CRAFT PHOTO FROM PORTUGAL

Featured

SEPTEMBER 10, 1990 ……..ALFENA PORTUGAL

This event remains as one of Europe’s unsolved UFO cases. It began at about 8:30 AM, September 10, 1990, when the first sighting of a spherical, metallic object with legs was made. The object was either moving very slowly, or hovering in the sky at a low altitude.

A group of school children heading to class saw the object first. The youngsters probably imagined they were seeing a strange sort of balloon. Soon, other local residents also spotted the unusual flying object. Some early observers could only liken the object to a ‘turtle with legs.’

The object was reflecting the early morning sun, which caused on-lookers to surmise the object was made of some type of metal. In a short period of time, as many as 25 witnesses were observing the UFO.

Local residents were surprised and even frightened by the sight of the UFO. Some even tried throwing rocks at the object, in an attempt to shoo it away. Soon four pictures would be taken, forever documenting the event for posterity and further study by UFO students.

Manuel Gomes, sitting at a local diner, was soon told of the sightings. He was a photojournalist and worked with the Morning Journal News. He quickly gathered his camera and rushed to the location of the latest reported sighting.

He managed to take four photographs of the object. He was unable to identify the object as anything he had seen before. He turned over his report and photographic negatives to the CNIFO research group, who began an investigation into the events of the day.

After about an hour, the unidentified object finally flew away into the horizon, leaving many questions as to its origin and purpose. As researchers began to discuss the sightings, various theories were offered.

The photographs taken by Gomes were examined and found not to have been tampered with. What was seen in the Alfena skies was exactly what was on his photographs. The big mystery was: what was the object?

Of the many theories offered, the most plausible was that the object was some type of observation device, possibly launched by the military. However, the military claimed to have nothing in the air at that time and location.

The case of the Alfena, Portugal craft remains unsolved to this day.

KEN PFEIFER WORLD UFO PHOTOS AND NEWS

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOSANDNEWS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.UFOCASEBOOK.COM

ALIEN RECTANGLE ENCOUNTER IN FRANCE

Featured

NOVEMBER 5, 1990 ……MENNECY FRANCE

On the evening of November 5, 1990, Philippe and his friend, Sandrine, were returning from the private clinic of “Mousseaux” in Evry (Essone), where they had gone to visit Josianne, Philippe’s wife, who had just that day delivered fraternal twin boys, Aurelien and Adrien.

One child was fair-haired and the other was brown-haired! They were born in good health on November 5, 1990. I saw their identity cards. They came into the world between 12:15 and 12:30 AM, just after midnight.

Sandrine who drove the car, Philippe being a passenger seated on her right. They drove toward Mennecy, where they both live, and were travelling on D-153, parallel to the A6 motorway.

Arriving at the hill village of Lisses about 7:00 – 7:15 PM, they saw a strange “object” coming from their right. It was Philippe who was able to observe this mysterious object quite well, thanks to his position in the car. Philippe told me that it seemed “to be piloted” or “under good control.”

The object came from the right, moving at a slow speed (comparable to that of a bicycle), and it moved consistently, without accelerations or stops. It did not emit any noise or heat, but rather “a light smoke” (like steam or water vapor?) which issued from some white lights.

The UFO appeared to be a “huge, compact, rectangular mass, with a surface shiny, like aluminum.”

The length is estimated at about 200 m and the height about 100 m. In this mass there were many white lights, with some of them projecting large white beams. Within this rectangle, the lights seemed to be connected by a structure. The whole object stood out from the night sky, being therefore clearly visible.

The UFO was seen through the front windshield by Philippe, seated as a passenger on the right side of the car. Then the car was stopped and the machine was observed through the lowered side window.

The distance of the witnesses to the UFO was “difficult [to estimate], perhaps between 500 and 1000 meters.” And, per Philippe: “All I can say is that I will never be able to forget this November 5th, because my wife brought twins into the world that day.” NOTE: The above image is CGI.

KEN PFEIFER WORLD UFO PHOTOS AND NEWS

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOSANDNEWS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.UFOCASEBOOK.COM

PILOT’S CLOSE ENCOUNTERS OVER THE UNITED KINGDOM

Featured

On the night of 21 April 1991, the term ‘close encounter’ took on an altogether more significant meaning for the crew and passengers of a London-bound airliner. At 9.00 pm Captain Achille Zaghetti, who was piloting a McDonnell MD-80 aircraft, was amazed to see an unidentified flying object pass his aircraft as it flew over the coast of Kent at a height of more than 22,000 feet. As the UFO was no more than 1,000 feet above the airliner, and the incident therefore classed as a ‘near-miss’, an official inquiry was launched by the CAA. Approximately two weeks later the following brief statement was issued:

“The pilot said the object was light brown, round, three meters long, and did not describe any means of propulsion, “The aircraft was under the control of London air traffic control center who had no other aircraft in the vicinity, but consistent with the pilot report, a faint radar trace was observed ten nautical miles behind the Alitalia aircraft.

“Extensive inquiries have failed to provide any indication of what the sighting may have been.” But more was to come. The next incident to occur took place on June 1, 1991, when a yellow-orange cylindrical object, ten feet long, was seen at close quarters by the crew of a Britannia Airways Boeing 737 en route to London from Dublin.

Sixteen days later, yet another cylindrical-shaped UFO was sighted, this time by one Walter Leiss, a German engineer aboard Dan Air flight DA 4700 as it headed toward Hamburg. Air traffic controller: “was it an aircraft?”

January 6, 1995, Captain Roger Wills and copilot Mark Stuart were beginning their descent towards Manchester Airport in a Boeing 737 twin jet with 60 passengers on board. Seventeen minutes before touchdown, a mysterious, triangular-shaped UFO flashed past the right-hand side of the aircraft at a distance described as being “very close” – so close, in fact, that the crew instinctively “ducked” in their seats.

This is an extract from the conversation between crew of the B737 and the radar controller. B737: “We just had something go down the RHS just above us very fast.” MANCHESTER: “Well, there’s nothing seen on the radar. Was it an aircraft?” B737: “Well, it had lights; it went down the starboard side very quick [and] just slightly above us, yeah.” MANCHESTER: “Keep an eye out for something, I can’t see anything at all at the moment so, must have been very fast or gone down very quickly after it passed you I think.” B737: “Okay. Well, there you go!” NOTE: The above image is CGI.

KEN PFEIFER WORLD UFO PHOTOS AND NEWS

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOSANDNEWS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.UFOCASEBOOK.COM

FAMILY’S DISC CLOSE ENCOUTNER IN HAVANA FLORIDA

Featured

DECEMBER 1991……HAVANA FLORIDA

Jared Lee, a graduate student at the University of Florida, and an aerospace engineer at the time the video was made, relates a riveting UFO encounter he had with his family in December, 1991.

Lee was 13-years-old at the time of the event. On the night of the encounter, he was with his parents, who both worked for the State of Florida. They lived in the sparsely populated town of Havana. The family has gone to Tallahassee, picked up a pizza, and arrived back home about 10:00 PM. Exiting their vehicle to go inside, Jared noticed something unusual; there were lights coming down from the top of the nearby trees. He called his parents’ attention to the lights.

The family thought at first that what they were seeing were hunters in the forest shining their lights to locate a deer. The lights appeared to be scanning the forest floor. The trees were approximately 60 ft. tall, and the family pondered: “How did they get the lights to the top of the trees?” Jared’s father was visibly shaken, and this was the first time that the boy had ever seen his father afraid. Suddenly, the car horn began to sound, and to the left side of the area the family watching, a large glowing orange ball of light began to move.

Then to the right side, a large blue-green ball of light followed suite. Both of the lights were moving up to where the original lights were. Then the two balls of lights disappeared. For a brief moment, there was nothing but darkness. Then a large beam of intense, glistening white/gold light beamed down to the forest floor illuminating the entire forest area. At the top of the light, a large UFO became clearly visible. Jared described its size as “unbelievable.” The craft sat hovering for some 10-15 minutes. It never made a sound. Then the object simply vanished, and was not seen again. What this was and what its mission was is undetermined. NOTE: The above image is CGI.

KEN PFEIFER WORLD UFO PHOTOS AND NEWS

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOSANDNEWS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.UFOCASEBOOK.COM

U.S.S. KIRK’S CLOSE ENCOUNTER IN THE PACIFIC

Featured

December 16, 1991 – aboard USS Kirk FF1087 – Pacific Ocean

From 1989 thru 1992, I was an operations and intelligence petty officer in the United States Navy. In the fall of 1991, I was stationed on the USS Kirk FF1087, in Long Beach, California. From October 91 thru January 92, we were part of a drug interdiction force, along with three other naval vessels. During our drug interdiction operations, we would sail roughly 350-400 nautical miles off the west coast of South America. Our four ships, within the task force, would sail roughly 150 nautical miles apart from one another, in a straight line.

Our air radar stream would just slightly capture the land and the entire task forces air radar would interlink, creating a large and connected air picture, ranging roughly 700-800 nautical miles long. Our primary mission was to track, contact, intercept and take control of low flying aircraft (drug carriers) coming out of Columbia, Panama and Guatemala. On occasion we would intercept board and seize sailing vessels, which we knew were drug carriers.

Similar to the movie Clear and Present Danger, we were in direct communication with a DEA special agent on land, which would contact our ships via a secured and encrypted communication device. The actual call sign of our agent on land was “Iron Manvel”. As an operations specialist, my primary duties took place within CIC or the Combat Information Center. CIC was the central nervous system of the entire ship. Within CIC, we could fight, navigate and control the entire ship. CIC was manned 24 hours a day, 7 days a week. On the USS Kirk, there were roughly 22 Operations Specialists. We would work in two, 11 man shifts.

Each shift would last 12 hours each. We called it a port and starboard shift system. At approximately 0200 hours, on December 16th, I was on CIC Duty. There was literally nothing going on within CIC, and all ships within our group were sailing as noted above. The air and surface radars were clear, with the exception of our sister vessels steaming in line. As things were quiet and slow, I took the liberty of departing CIC and made my way up to the ship’s bridge.

During the evenings, naval ships sail in a status called darkened ship. All lights on the exterior of the ship are out, and the only lighting on the bridge is contained dark lighting from radar scopes and navigational devices at the helm. During this time of night, a junior officer would be in command of the bridge and he was referred to as the officer of the deck (OOD). On this particular evening, the OOD was a good friend of mine, and he and I were having a discussion about a football game.

All of a sudden and out of nowhere, like a huge flash from a camera, emanating from the starboard bow sea level upward was a huge flash of red glowing light, which lit up our entire ship. It only lit up our ship, not the surrounding ocean, just our ship. It happened so fast, that the OOD, the navigator and I were speechless for about 5 seconds, at which time I looked at the OOD and asked him if he just saw that light. He stated yes in a sullen voice.

I then asked the navigator and he replied yes. I then took the navigator’s sound powered headset, and asked the forward and aft look outs, if they had just seen the same red flash, to which the forward look out stated, “YES! WHAT THE HELL WAS THAT?” Aft lookout said yes as well. I then immediately contacted CIC, and asked the CIC officer if we had any aircraft or surface ships in our vicinity, to which he replied clear as a whistle. I asked if we had any submarine activity in the area, to which he replied, no.

At this point I looked at the OOD and asked him if we should wake up the captain or as we would call him, The Old Man. The OOD sat there stunned for a minute, as did I and everyone else. What had just happened did not make any sense. The flash emanated from the sea, directly off of our starboard bow (like it was touching our bow), and ascended upwardly so rapidly, creating the effect of the bright red flash. The other weird aspect of this event was that only our ship was lit up within the red flash, not the surrounding sea, but our vessel only.

The OOD elected not to wake the captain, and the entire incident was logged in our ship’s log as an unexplained phenomenon. Up until this event, I did not believe in UFO’s or USO’s. I have no doubt that our ship, steaming along at 12 knots, came right up on a submerged unidentifiable aircraft. I don’t think the aircraft or USO had any idea we were sailing up to them. I think whatever it was, took off in a very unplanned and fast manner, and wanted to quickly identify us, thus the flash.

I hope you find my account to be one that matters. I have debated for many years, whether I should share my account of what happened that morning. I have always felt that the event was extraterrestrial in nature. NOTE: The above image is CGI.

KEN PFEIFER WORLD UFO PHOTOS AND NEWS

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOSANDNEWS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.UFOCASEBOOK.COM

TWO MEN’S ALIEN ABDUCTION IN EDINBURGH SCOTLAND

Featured

AUGUST 27, 1992 …….EDINBURGH SCOTLAND

In 1992, at around 8pm on a quiet country road on the outskirts of Edinburgh, two ordinary men experienced an extraordinary event that has become enshrined in the annals of Scottish and world UFO mythology. The event, known as the A70 case, was the alleged abduction of the two men by extraterrestrials.

Neither of the two men, Garry Wood and Colin Wright, expected anything out of the ordinary to occur when they set out on the fateful night of the 27th of August 1992. Their journey was from the south of Edinburgh on the A70 to the village of Tarbrax in East Lothian, a drive of some 15 miles.

The journey, which normally takes around 30 minutes, was in connection with a domestic appliance repair. At around 10 pm they drove through the clear summer’s night at about 40 mph chatting about family and other general issues. Rounding a blind corner, in the vicinity of the Harperrig Reservoir, Colin abruptly leaned forward exclaiming, “What the hell’s that?”

Garry peered through the windscreen, there ahead of the car; floating about 20ft above the road was a two-tiered disc-shaped object. He remembers it being about 30 ft wide, wider than the road, smooth, black and shiny with no windows or illumination.

Garry, a motor mechanic by trade, is familiar with mechanical devices and a range of metal finishes, found the appearance and finish of the object unusual.

Wanting to get away as quickly as possible, he floored the accelerator urging their vehicle up to almost 70 mph. In Colin’s words, Garry was “Driving like a bloody madman.” As they passed below the hovering craft a shimmering curtain of light descended on the car, Garry describes it as like looking at a detuned TV set, just flickering lights. Instantly they were enveloped in total, complete darkness.

Later under hypnosis Garry recalled standing (presumably) outside the car, it was still totally and utterly dark, not a hint of light, he could not even see the car; briefly he thought they had crashed and he was dead.

He blacked out for what subjectively felt like a few seconds, then abruptly he was awake and the car was veering all over the road. Garry could hear Colin shouting at him to watch out then thankfully, he was able to bring the car to a stop. They looked at each other in disbelief, what had happened?

The cool night air was a relief as they gathered their wits. Setting off again, they arrived at their destination still discussing their bizarre encounter.

Arriving at Tarbrax they pulled over at their friend’s house, Garry slipped his hand down to free the seat belt: it was already undone.

He was briefly puzzled but thought no more of it at that moment. Assuming the time to be around 10.40pm they unloaded the items from the car and carried them to the door of their friends house. They knocked on the door, several minutes went by, then they heard an upstairs window open and their friend’s head emerged. He enquired none to politely just what they were doing and informed them that it was quarter to one in the morning. Naturally they thought he was pulling their legs, but no, he was not, they had ‘lost’ two hours.

The men had made the journey to Tarbrax several times and knew it normally took around thirty minutes. Entering the house in a state of some agitation, the men attempted to describe what they had seen; even sketching the craft they had witnessed hovering above the deserted stretch of road.

It was well into the small hours when Garry and Colin left for Gilmerton on the outskirts of Edinburgh; not surprisingly they did not return by the same rout and neither man recalls much about the journey.

When Malcolm Robinson originally interviewed the householders a few days after the event, they both agreed that Garry and Colin were both clearly agitated and from past experience knew neither man was prone to either lying or dramatics.

The following day Garry felt utterly drained of energy, more than just the result of his late night, he felt really worn out. The following few days did not help matters, he was not sleeping at all well, he experienced vivid, disturbing dreams and his sleeping patterns changed for the worse.

Eventually consulting his doctor because of severe headaches, he was advised to have an MRI (magnetic resonance imaging) scan, this proved negative.

As an additional precaution in addition he underwent the uncomfortable procedure of a spinal tap but once again nothing untoward was diagnosed. Fearing ridicule, neither Garry nor Colin reported the incident to the police or media, they did however inform BUFORA (the British UFO Research Association).

As a result of the event, Garry became engrossed in UFOlogy in an attempt at understanding what he had experienced. Eventually, heard of SPI and contacted them to arrange a meeting.

This was arranged and after two preliminary meetings, Malcolm, SPI’s founder, suggested using the controversial technique of hypnotic regression to access what had occurred during this ‘missing time’. Although Garry and Colin had some misgivings, an initial session was arranged using Scottish hypnotherapist and psychic Helen Walters.

During the first session, Garry became very emotional and burst into tears, there was nothing specific, only vague images and impressions, later regression sessions were to prove much more revealing. In later sessions both men remembered sitting in the car, which was stopped in the middle of the road, small humanoid creatures, three to each side, opened both front doors.

Colin recalls Garry being placed on a type of stretcher or carrier: none of the entities were supporting it; the ‘stretcher’ was free floating. Garry although he remembers none of this, does recall creatures approaching the car then a searing pain in his abdomen, as if his stomach muscles were being torn apart, as he says, “You know if you’ve been electrocuted, your muscles all cramp up and it’s really painful, you can’t let go, it was like that.”

For his part, Colin recalls walking up a ramp into the craft, which was lit by a dazzling white light. He remembers being in a circular corridor being led by one of the creatures. Although some of his recollections are hazy and seem to jump from scene to scene like a series of snapshots he distinctly recalls a room leading from the corridor.

The room was utterly featureless except for an unusual chair; it was curiously curved, almost organic in shape. He was stripped naked and placed unresisting in the chair and subjected to some form of non-intrusive physical examination. He also remembers lying back in the chair looking at the ceiling, it was corrugated, translucent, there was soft, diffused lighting filtering through.

This memory segued seamlessly into being naked in a transparent container made from a material rather like glass or Perspex; straps at the feet and ankles secured him.

Outside the container he could clearly see other men and women, all naked and all in transparent containers like his. Blowing around outside the container was a mist rather like the ‘fog’ created by dry ice for stage and film visual effects. He also saw a number of tall, humanoid creatures, one was standing framed in a doorway opposite him, and another three were approaching the container in which he was imprisoned.

Abruptly the transparent material of his container began to frost up, he became alarmed and began to weep, no sooner had he done this than the frosting began to retreat, almost like film sequence running in reverse, until the material was once again perfectly clear. Colin nervously watched as an angular device rose from the floor. It was long and thin, like a rod with a small triangular head; two glowing red lights were set into one of the sides.

There was a peculiar appendage about half way along the length of the device and the base was jointed at the floor. The entire machine moved up and down continuously and the appendage swung from left to right; although there was no pain, Colin thought it might be scanning him.

After Garry’s initial session his recall improved dramatically. Like Colin he described being in a featureless circular room lying on a flat table, he was unable to move although he does not recall being physically strapped down. He was aware of a black, lens shaped device in the centre of the room, the device was twisting and turning almost as if it were folding in on itself. It reminded Garry of a mobius strip. Although he had no idea of its function he heard it make a ‘whooshing’ noise as if air was being displaced.

He had a further impression that the device was ‘tuning’ or stabilising itself. Prior to the steady whooshing sound he had the distinct feeling that the sound emitted by the device was ‘wrong’ and lopsided, almost as if it was in some way out of balance or synchronisation. The even whooshing noise indicated that it was now functioning normally. As he watched the device in fascination he suddenly became aware of a long, thin translucent arm extending over his chest towards his head, the arm abruptly dropped onto his chest near to his shoulder.

This particular trauma affected Garry quite powerfully and he jerked out of the hypnotic trance his body convulsing. On another occasion, he remembers a hole forming in the floor; it was filled with a viscous liquid of some kind, like a gel. While he watched this, a small column rose from the floor, Garry described it as resembling a tin can. It continued to rise until it was around three feet above the floor; the device gave out a noise rather like an electric motor and began to rotate slowly. Part of the cylinder rose from the main body and extended towards him until it was level with his eyes.

The tip of he extension had two red, glowing dots, at this point Garry noticed the pool of liquid start to vibrate. From the liquid a tall, incredibly thin frail looking creature slowly, almost painfully, emerged. Although bearing a marked similarity to a traditional ‘grey’ it appeared emaciated, like a skeleton covered in skin. He remembers that the skin over its ribs looked discoloured and bruised.

He later discovered that all the creatures had difficulty with the gravity and atmospheric pressure on, particularly the tall, thin translucent creatures that frequently tended to fall over. It was his impression that due to the bruised appearance of the creatures, the pool of gel was some form of therapeutic agent designed to treat the damage caused by their frequent falls. Bizarrely, he also recalled a small man apparently quite human dressed in a neat black suit complete with collar and tie who was watching the proceedings. He was standing among the entities all of which seemed quite deferential towards him.

alien depiction

In all, Wood remembers there being around 20 or 30 creatures present, the majority tall, a pallid grey colour and frail looking. One notable variation from this was a smaller, rather bizarre looking being with an odd heart shaped face. On its face were some strangely familiar markings, these comprised coloured facial stripes, three, diagonally on each cheek.

These were reminiscent of the tribal markings normally associated with members of the Native American tribes. He looked at the creatures and mentally ‘asked’, “Why are you doing this”.

The answer that appeared in his mind was surprising and not a little disturbing, one word: “Sanctuary”. While he was in telepathic communication with the creature he was able to ‘see’ fragments of its existence as if the process was a two way street, the creature found this amusing but could not prevent it.

In a further mental communication the being ‘said,’ “In many was you are more advanced than us but you have been ‘capped’. Our existence is much like your own, we also have concerns and needs”.

Just what ‘capped’ means is open to question, but it is quite given what had already been communicated that the inference was, our development either psychological, physical or both, has been deliberately slowed down. Were we likely to present a threat to someone or were we perhaps too immature to deal with the responsibility that our development would bring? Rather like handing a child a loaded gun…perhaps.

Garry is certain that at one point they were taken underground; from the table where he lay, he could see tunnels leading off from a huge, central chamber hewn form solid rock, there was also an enormous machine close to him, possibly it was another flying machine like the one he had witnessed above the road Perhaps Gary’s most worrying memory was seeing a young woman seated naked on the floor, facing the wall; one of the tall creatures was standing beside her.

As Gary looked at her she turned her head towards him; her hair was in a loose shaggy perm with blond highlights. She was sitting shivering with her knees drawn up to her chin, her arms were wrapped around her knees cradling herself, she had been crying and was clearly in the same predicament as him. He is convinced that should they meet again he would recognise her instantly.

It should be stressed that Gary is totally sincere in his belief and his sincerity shows, he certainly does not give the impression that he concocted the whole thing.

Following the alleged abduction and subsequent regressions, Gary and Colin dealt with their ordeal in different ways; Gary became deeply involved in the study of UFO’s and the paranormal to the extent of setting up his own research group.

On occasions he has collaborated with another Scottish researcher, Ron Halliday. Colin on the other hand went in the other direction entirely and has effectively rejected the event and refuses to discuss the matter, but given the trauma associated with the incident this reaction is not totally unexpected. NOTE: The above image is CGI.

KEN PFEIFER WORLD UFO PHOTOS AND NEWS

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOSANDNEWS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.UFOCASEBOOK.COM

MASSIVE BLACK TRIANGLES SPOTTED OVER SEATTLE W.A.

Featured

NOVEMBER 1993 ……SEATTLE WASHINGTON

The following is a true and accurate account of my “close encounter” in Seattle, Washington, which occurred in 1993. I believe it was in the month of November.

It was a Sunday night about 9:30. I often had occasion to be driving north about that time of evening on Sundays, and I usually took the I-5 freeway. This time, however, I knew the freeway, northbound, was jammed up due to an accident. So I took an alternate route which eventually led me to what I think was East Marginal Way, right next to the main Boeing Aircraft facility in Seattle.

As I was traveling, northbound, I noticed three red lights low in the sky ahead of me and to my right. They were moving in unison, very slowly across my field of vision from east to west. At first, I thought they must be the lights of a low flying plane, perhaps about to land. Then I thought, no, they must be helicopters because a plane, even if it was landing, wouldn’t be moving that slowly.

The trouble was, I couldn’t actually see the craft or crafts that the lights were attached to. They were, maybe, a half mile ahead of me, about 30 degrees to my right. Normally, I wouldn’t have paid much attention to this because I’d been making that Sunday night drive past Boeing (although via the freeway) for twelve years.

This is also not too far from the Sea-Tac Airport. In all that time I’d seen plenty of airplanes and helicopters flying low in this area. But something was different this time. It took me a minute to realize what it was. It was the fact that the lights weren’t blinking. I thought that was odd.

It seemed to me every airplane or helicopter I’ve ever seen flying at night had blinking lights. I squinted my eyes as I drove toward the lights, trying to see just what I was actually looking at.

Although I was now only about two blocks away from being directly under the flight path of these lights, I still could not make out what they were attached to.

However, from their slow, steady movement, in unison, I was pretty sure all three of them were attached to a single object, rather than being independent of each other. By the time I was directly in line with their flight path, they were about to enter the airspace above Boeing Field to my immediate left.

At this point I was convinced it was a single, low-flying craft of some kind and I knew there was something very odd here. I pulled my car off to the side of the road and rolled down the window to get a better look. But the craft was now directly overhead so I had to get out of the car to see it…

I opened the car door and stepped out, craning my neck to see the craft as it passed slowly directly over my head at an estimated altitude of less than 500 feet (Note: at the actual time of the sighting my impression was that the craft was perhaps only about 150 feet above me).

I could see it was a gigantic black triangle. There is no other way to describe it because that’s precisely what it was; a huge, black, triangle; not just “sort of” triangular-shaped, like one of those stealth jets I’d seen photos of.

It was just one big, three-sided, cookie-cutter-straight-edged, black, geometric shape; a triangle with one large, round unblinking red light at each of its three corners, flat up against the underside of the craft. There was a high, gray cloud cover that evening, subtly lit by the Seattle city lights in the distance. I could clearly and without obstruction see the object like a huge, dense, black silhouette against this gray ceiling.

I stood there almost not believing what I knew I was seeing. I actually said to myself, “Ok. What, exactly, are you seeing? You’re going to want to remember every detail of this! Just the facts, now. What, exactly, do you see?”

I made a mental inventory. “Black triangle. Red light on each corner, flat up against the underside of the craft. They don’t blink…

(Note: at this point it has proceeded on past me and was now over Boeing field)… It looks like it’s about seventy-five to a hundred feet above one of the main Boeing hangars. It’s moving very slowly. Maybe five miles per hour. It’s heading west. It appears to be about the size of a football field.”

Suddenly I realized, as I stood there in the dark on this quiet empty street, the object didn’t make a sound! Maybe more than anything else, that’s what made the whole thing so eerie. Something that huge, that close, moving through the air at a snail’s pace should be making some kind of a sound. A hum. A rumble. Anything. But, no.

It just moved across the sky like something out of a Steven Spielberg movie with the volume turned off. I looked up and down the street to see if anyone else was witnessing this silent event, but the street was dark and empty in both directions.

It occurred to me, however, that the thing had just passed directly over hundreds of cars on the freeway which was only a few miles east of where I was standing. I looked up again at the mysterious craft now blending into the dark horizon. I watched it until I couldn’t see it anymore and then it was over.

I got back into my car and closed the door. The window was still open and I took another look. Nothing was there but the gray night sky, softly aglow from the distant city lights. It was as if nothing had happened. But believe me, it did, indeed, happen. NOTE: The above image is CGI.

KEN PFEIFER WORLD UFO PHOTOS AND NEWS

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOSANDNEWS.ORG

THANKS TO HTTP://WWW.UFOCASEBOOK.COM

VERY DETAILED CLOSE ENCOUNTER IN JUTLAND DENMARK

Featured

SEPTEMBER 29, 1995 ……VEJLE REGION JUTLAND DENMARK

On the evening of 29th September 1995, at around 9:30 pm in the Vejle region of Jutland, a 24-year-old man would experience a very similar encounter to that of Maarup a quarter of a century earlier.

The unnamed witness was visiting his parents at the time of the incident and was driving along the quiet roads with his Labrador dog in the vehicle with him. However, without warning, the instruments and electrics in his vehicle all began to “go wild”. Even the windscreen wipers were also making their way across the windshield of their own accord which was particularly strange as they remained switched to the off position.

At the same time as these bizarre events, the Labrador began to become increasingly agitated and nervous. As did the witness. Especially when he realized his car was suddenly coming to a stop and the engine was dead.

Worried that other motorists might be unaware of his predicament and would run into the back of him, the witness began to scan his surroundings. After being satisfied that he was, for the time being, alone on the road, he made several attempts to restart the vehicle once more. However, all attempts would prove fruitless.

It was then that he noticed the “strange sensation” that appeared to come from above him. It was a bizarre feeling, and one he would later describe as “oppressive” and “hard to describe”. As he was contemplating this unnerving feeling seemingly seeping in from outside, he became aware of an extremely bright light. So bright, in fact, that he would describe it as an “explosion” of light that occurred directly over his car.

He could tell immediately that the light was coming from above him. What’s more, it appeared to be “blinking or pulsing” and did so at “regular intervals”. He would look up through the windscreen of the vehicle and immediately saw a large oval shape hovering over the top of his car. Although there was a surge of fear running through him, he would open the door and lean outside so he could get a better view of the events unfolding around him.

He would estimate that the object was around 50 feet across and was only a little over ten feet away from the top of his vehicle. He would focus in on the underside of the object in order to make out as many details as he could. Maarup would recall there were several “concentric circles of light” that appeared to be in the middle of the object.

This is perhaps an interesting detail. As we might recall from the incident of Maarup, the middle section of the underside appeared to be where the light emanated from. The witness in the 1995 account would state that light appeared to be behind the grouping of circles. In fact, the light was so bright at the very center if the object the witness struggled to focus in fully on them.

One particularly striking detail that the witness would recall was how the lights “quivered” in a way he found quite bizarre.

He would continue to watch the object for several minutes before the lights suddenly began to grow lighter (much like in the Maarup case). By this point, he had returned into the car and watched the object move away from his location through the windshield.

It remained low to the ground as it moved away, only just above the treetops that hugged the roadside. Then, it would vanish out of sight within a matter of seconds. All the while, the object didn’t make a single sound.

After it disappeared, the witness would simply sit in his car, his dog still very much disturbed by the events. He would think the incident over again in his mind as he came to terms with the bizarre encounter.

After several more moments, he returned his hand to the car’s ignition key and turned it around. Much to his surprise – although a detail we have already noted that shows in many similar UFO encounters – the dashboard electrics, the engine, and the headlights all came to life as normal.

Still nervous and very shaken, he pressed down on the accelerator and continued on with his journey to his parents’ home.  Upon arriving, he would inform both of them of the encounter. Despite their encouragement to report the sightings, he would choose, at least initially, to remain quiet for fear of ridicule and of not being believed.

When he finally did report the incident, investigators would find him honest and trustworthy. And perhaps most importantly of all, credible. The incident, however, remains unsolved. NOTE: The above image is CGI.

KEN PFEIFER WORLD UFO PHOTOS AND NEWS

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOSANDNEWS.ORG

THANKS TO MARCUS LOWTH AND https://www.ufoinsight.com

POLICE OFFICERS CLOSE ENCOUNTER IN DENMARK

Featured

AUGUST 13, 1970 …….. HADERSLEY DENMARK

On the evening of 13th August 1970 in Hadersley in southern Denmark, police officer, Evald Maarup was guiding his car through the quiet and peaceful countryside close to the border with Germany. It would be a drive that he would never forget and would change his outlook on the world forever.

It was around 10:30 pm when a sudden “bluish light” suddenly enveloped his vehicle. At the same time, the car engine suddenly died, and the car came to a stop. When he went to radio the situation to the police switchboard, he realized that the radio was also dead. In fact, no electronic equipment in the entire vehicle worked at all.

It was also around this time that he realized that the interior of the car had suddenly heated dramatically. As he peered out through the car windshield he could see that the bright light was the underside of an oval vehicle, similar to a hat-shape, although definitely made from a metallic exterior.

He watched, and it now appeared to be ascending once again into the sky above and so leading to the lead appearing to dim somewhat. As it did so, it appeared to Maarup that the object itself was “withdrawing the light” back inside it as opposed to literally becoming dimmer. When the light had fully vanished, he could make out what appeared to be a darker patch with several protrusions around it. This would suggest a physical device attached onto the underside of the object.

He would snap himself back to his senses and then reach for the Fujaxa camera that he always had in his police car. He managed to quickly snap several pictures which were developed the following day. However, they would show no details whatsoever due to the dark of the night sky.

It was as he was snapping the pictures that he realized that the object appeared totally silent. Indeed, there was not a sound of any kind around him. He would estimate the entire episode lasted around five minutes before the object disappeared from sight at great speed. Certainly faster than any conventional aircraft of the times.

Bizarrely, although something that is experienced in multiple other UFO encounters around the world, as soon as the strange object disappeared from view the electrics and engine of Maarup’s car came back to life.

What we need to know here is whether the dying out of respective car engines and electrics is a purposeful act on the part of the occupants of these strange crafts, or whether it is a coincidental consequence of being in such close proximity to them – perhaps because of electromagnetic energy in the propulsion systems.

Perhaps also interesting, was Maarup’s findings when he exited the vehicle once the craft had gone. Walking around the sides of the car in order to inspect it to discover if there was anything out of the ordinary, he discovered how “heated” the exterior appeared as if it had been left sat outside on a baking summer’s day.

He would return to the police station a short time later and would make an official report of the incident.

Shortly after making his report, the police officer was ordered to undergo a basic psychiatric evaluation. He was found to be of sound mind, and essentially, truthful and trustworthy. In short, there was no obvious reason to doubt his claims.

What is perhaps also interesting is that the police officer – perhaps expectedly – would receive a wave of criticism and abuse in the local and national press once the story arrived with them. Rather than cut him adrift, though, his fellow officers and superiors would publicly defend him, and his solid police record. NOTE: The above image is CGI,

KEN PFEIFER WORLD UFO PHOTOS AND NEWS

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOSANDNEWS.ORG

THANKS TO MARCUS LOWTH AND https://www.ufoinsight.com

ALIEN TRIANGLE FLIES OVER TWO MILITARY BASES IN ENGLAND

Featured

MARCH 30-31, 1993 …….DEVON/CORNWALL ENGLAND

There was a wave of sightings that occurred on the 30th and 31st of March, 1993. We had several hundred reports that came our way. Many of the witnesses were police. A lot of police in the southwest of the country, in Devon and Cornwall, saw something.

Now, as with all of these big waves of sightings, quite a lot of the reports were fairly mundane, lights in the sky.

But even so, it was quite late at night — most of these reports were between, say, 1:00 and 1:30 in the morning — and because there were police officers on night patrol, you’re dealing with more than average recognition training, and people used to being out and about, and used to seeing lights and other things in the sky.

Repeatedly, I heard the phrase, “This was like nothing I’d ever seen before in my life.” People were genuinely quite spooked by this.

What was generally reported was two lights, flying in a perfect formation, with a third, much fainter light — our old friend the flying triangle, really. The lights were described as being in a triangle formation. It’s difficult to say, of course.

It’s quite possible they could have been three separate things flying in formation, but the impression from talking to witnesses was that this was a triangular craft with lights mounted on the underside, at the edges. The most interesting reports, of course, were the ones which occurred at close distance.

There was a family in Staffordshire who apparently saw this thing so low — and they described it as either triangular or diamond shaped — that they leapt into their car and tried to chase it.

They didn’t succeed, although at one point they thought it was so low that it had actually come down in a field. It wasn’t there when they got to it. They described a low, humming sound, a very low-frequency sound. They said you didn’t just hear this sound, you felt it, like standing in front of a bass speaker.

The really intriguing thing was that this object, whatever it was, then proceeded to fly over two military bases. It was seen by the guard patrol at RAF Cosford, about three or four people, [who] made an instant report of this, obviously because it had flown over their base. They checked radar.

There was nothing on the screens, nothing at all, and there was nothing scheduled to fly. No military or civil aircraft should have been airborne in that area at all.

They phoned the nearby base at RAF Shawbury, about 12 miles away from Cosford. The meteorological officer there took the call. He was a man with about eight years experience of looking into the night sky and then doing the weather report for the next day.

So he knew his way around objects and phenomena. Now, to his absolute amazement, he saw a light in the distance, coming closer and closer. That light eventually resolved itself into a solid structured craft that he saw again flying directly over the base, but at much closer proximity than the guard patrol at Cosford had seen it.

He estimated that the height of the object was no more than 200 feet. Its size, he said, was midway between a C-130 Hercules transport aircraft and a Boeing 747. He heard the low hum, too. He had not spoken to any other witnesses, except the Cosford people, who I don’t think had reported the sound. He reported this low-frequency hum.

Perhaps most disturbingly of all, he reported this thing throwing a beam of light down at the nearby countryside and fields just beyond the perimeter fence at the base. And this light was tracking backwards and forwards, he said to me, “as if it was looking for something.”

The beam of light then retracted, and the craft moved off. It was traveling very slowly, I should say, probably no more than 20 or 30 mph. Then it gained a little bit of height, and then it just shot off to the horizon in little more than a second. Needless to say, that was a description I had come across many times in other UFO reports, the virtual hover to the high-Mach accelerations in an instant. NOTE: The above image is CGI.

KEN PFEIFER WORLD UFO PHOTOS AND NEWS

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOSANDNEWS.ORG

THANKS TO HTTP://WWW.UFOCASEBOOK.COM

CLOSE ENCOUNTER OF THE FOURTH KIND IN ITALY

Featured

AUGUST 14, 1947 ……….VILLA SANTINA ITALY

It was around 9 am on the 14th August 1947 when R L Johannis was stood by the Chiarso creek in Villa Santina, painting as was his profession. It was as he was scanning his surroundings that morning that he would gaze upon something that would completely change his world view. There, in front of him, was a disc-shaped object at least 30 feet across.

What’s more, next to the object on the ground were two small humanoid figures, approximately three feet in height. Still a little in shock, he kept his focus on the scene unfolding in front of him. Each of the small figures had on a dark blue coverall-type suit which had a red belt around the waist, as well as a red collar. What’s more, although they were covered with a round helmet, their heads appeared to be significantly larger than one would expect when compared to their bodies.

He couldn’t see clearly, but the skin under the helmet and on their hands appeared to be a “greenish” color. This is an interesting detail in that while most would imagine these types of aliens to be grey in color (hence they are usually referred to as The Greys) many accounts exist that specifically state the color of the respective creature’s skin was a distinct green.

What’s more, and this sighting was before such descriptions of the Grey alien were in the public psyche as it is today, Johannis would describe their eyes as large, dark, and with no eyelashes or eyebrows. Very similar to descriptions given by many who would experience alleged close encounters over the decades that would follow.

Still very much in the moment, the painter then called out to the strange creatures, raising his arm as he did so.

A Welcoming Gesture Mistaken For Aggression And Hostility?

As soon as he gestured to the apparently alien visitors they appeared to react. And what’s more, it appeared as though they mistook the gesture by the artist as one of aggressiveness. In response, one of the creatures reached to his belt. A moment later, a “thin vapor” emanated from it and “hit” Johannis within seconds.

He immediately began to feel disorientated and confused. The next thing he knew, he was falling to the ground. As he hit the surface with a thump, he noticed the two creatures approaching him. They would stop at the painter’s easel, looking at it quite quizzically.

It is perhaps worth noting the files of the previously mentioned Bowen here, who would highlight how the descriptions of the belt in the incident were very similar to the occupant encounter of Antonio Villas Boas in Brazil a decade later in 1957.

As the artist struggled to his hands and knees, he noticed that the figures were now holding the painting before placing it back on the easel where it had been. They then, panting heavily Johannis recalled, turned around and walked calmly to the waiting, hovering disc-shaped object. It would rise slightly upon them first entering it. Then, after a moment or two, it shot directly into the sky and disappeared within seconds.

By the time the painter had fully come back to his senses, he realized that the easel was now missing. To the best of our knowledge, it wasn’t found.

The witness would ultimately gather himself. He would then return home where he would make notes of the encounter before ultimately forgetting the incident. At least publicly. When he arrived in America, as we will examine later, Johannis would begin to realize the gravity of what he had witnessed.

Further Reasons To Consider The Merging Of Space, Dimensions, And Time?

The witness would later recall that a “tremendous blast of wind” hit him within seconds of the craft vanishing. He would also recall that he believed the craft got smaller as opposed to disappearing into the distance.

This is an intriguing detail to consider. Did the craft actually disappear and it just appeared to get smaller to the witness? He was, after all, in a confused and disorientated state of mind at the time. Or might it really have grown smaller? Perhaps not physically but as it traveled through some kind of portal or wormhole? One artificially created by advanced technology.

While it is pure speculation on ours and other researcher’s parts, there are many theories that suggest UFOs are actually traveling here through these cosmic shortcuts from their world to ours. This, for example, would remove the need to travel at beyond astronomical speeds to traverse the vast reaches of space. NOTE: The above image is CGI.

KEN PFEIFER WORLD UFO PHOTOS AND NEWS

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOSANDNEWS.ORG

THANKS TO MARCUS LOWTH AND https://www.ufoinsight.com

PILOT EXECUTES AN EMERGENCY LANDING AFTER ALIEN CRAFT ENCOUNTER

Featured

NOVEMBER 11, 1979 …..LAS PALMAS FLIGHT JK-297

On the evening of 11th November 1979, after a four-hour delay, the TAE Super Caravelle airliner, Flight JK-297 left Salzburg in Austria on its way to Las Palmas. After refueling in Mallorca, the plane retook to the skies on its way to its final destination.

However, at around 11 pm, the crew would receive a transmission from the Barcelona control tower. They would request that the plane switch to their emergency frequency as they had detected an emergency signal in the area. Realizing something out of the ordinary must have occurred, the captain, Javier Lerdo de Tejada switched to the requested frequency. As he was doing so, the navigator of the plane claimed there looked to be “something to the left” of the plane.

The rest of the crew turned their attention to their left-hand side. Immediately they noticed two strange red lights in the sky with them. And what’s more, they appeared to be heading in their direction.

Tejada would immediately request information from the control tower concerning the rapidly approaching objects. However, they would reply that they could see nothing at all on the radar systems apart from their plane.

With the tower unable to see the approaching glowing objects, Tejada made the decision to take the situation into his own hands.

An Emergency Landing Due To The Pursuit Of A UFO

After several moments, Tejada would change the course of the plane so as to avoid the oncoming lights. He would also begin to bring the plane down slightly. As he did so, he would radio the control tower at the nearby airport in Manises, Valencia and request permission to make an emergency landing.

All the while, the crew of Flight JK-297 maintained visual contact with the red lights. To their concern, the light also changed their direction and was continuing in pursuit of the aircraft. They would maintain this pursuit to around 50 kilometers of the Manises runway before suddenly changing direction again and breaking away from the chase.

At around 11:45 pm, over half an hour before the lights were first viewed, the plane touched down at its impromptu destination. However, while the two lights had indeed broken away from the chase, the plane’s radar immediately picked up three other anomalous signals.

What’s more, several other witnesses would report seeing the lights with their own eyes. These would include several airport employees who would light up the emergency runway thinking another plane was about to make an emergency landing.

Shortly after JK-Flight 297 came to a stop on the runway at Manises the passengers would leave the plane. Their journey would continue the following day. The Spanish Air Force, meanwhile, had become aware of the mysterious activity. And what’s more, they were preparing to take matters into their own hands.

A “Truncated-Cone Shaped” Object!

A little after midnight, from the Los Llanos Airbase, a Mirage F1 would head out into the night skies in search of these strange glowing crafts. Captain Fernando Camara was the pilot. And the flight he would undertake was certainly one he will likely not forget.

Although he would have to reach speeds of Mach 1.4, he would eventually announce visual confirmation of the lights. What’s more, the lights appeared to be part of a “truncated cone shape” which featured an extremely bright changing color. However, before Camara could get close enough to reveal any other details, the object disappeared out of sight proving much too fast for the Mirage F1.

A short time later, however, he would receive another radar signal. Once more, he would obtain visual confirmation of the same or similar object. This time, however, as he approached it, he would find that his flight systems were locked and out of control. Once more the strange object vanished into the distance. As it did so, the fighter jet’s systems returned to normal.

Camara would stay airborne for around 90 minutes before finally giving up the chase and heading back to base. The last confirmed location of the object was somewhere off the Spanish coast. It was heading toward the north coast of the African continent.

What the objects were, remains a mystery? As does what the purpose of their visit was. The account and ensuing investigation, however, would certainly throw up a mountain of possibilities.

It Wasn’t An Airplane!

The aftermath of the sighting was perhaps as interesting (and possibly telling) as the incident itself. Despite attempts to maintain a low profile over the strange events of 11th November 1979, including asking all airline staff not to speak about the incident publicly, it became increasingly harder to do so. So much so, that less than a year later in September 1980, the Spanish Parliament would publicly demand an investigation and explanation of the incident.

Journalist and eventual author of the book Incidente en Manises, J J Benitez would eventually speak with Captain Tejada. He would later claim that the pilot looked “very tired”, obviously a result of the bizarre incident.

He would state to Benitez that he wasn’t sure what the object was. However, he knew it wasn’t a conventional plane. Tejada would draw attention to the fact that he had over 8,000 hours in the air. And consequently had a good knowledge of aircraft. The fact their plane captured the lights on the radar suggested to Tejada that it “should have been some kind of metal”.

Ultimately, the captain would state, “the first thing we take into account is flight safety”.

And while Tejada himself made the decision to land the plane, it was the Spanish Air Force who suspected something untoward was in the skies over Manises. So much so, they would keep Flight JK-297 grounded until the following day.

The second pilot on the flight, Ramon Zuazo, would corroborate Tejada’s version of events. He would claim “we saw some unknown flying object”.

A Distinct Feel Of A Cover-Up

The previously mentioned book by Benitez is a great dissection of the case. And also cuts through the attempts to downplay (at best) and cover-up (at worst) the incident. The writer would state that the whole of Valencia was akin to a media circus such was the interest.

What’s more, the journalist also quickly picked up how the local and national newspapers would put any news regarding the incident across in completely different ways. This would depend on whether the source of the information was from a civilian or a military person.

What perhaps made matters even worse, certainly in the immediate aftermath, was that many of the passengers began to publicly doubt the reason the plane landed. Their suspicions were that after the original delay another (or perhaps the same) fault came to light.

This forced them to land and delay again. This would have surely put the company at risk of being liable for compensation. It was the suspicion so many of the passengers at the time that the UFO encounter was concocted. And was done so to avoid just such a scenario. Interestingly or not, not one of the passengers would come forward to claim they had witnessed anything strange.

The aviation authorities would quickly dismiss the passengers’ claims. They would ultimately praise the crew for their decisive action in such an unusual situation.

KEN PFEIFER WORLD UFO PHOTOS AND NEWS

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOSANDNEWS.ORG

THANKS TO MARCUS LOWTH AND https://www.ufoinsight.com

VERY CLEAR UFO PHOTOS FROM MASLIN BEACH AUSTRALIA

Featured

MARCH 10, 1993 ……MASLIN BEACH AUSTRALIA

Mr Thomason’s first picture of the object coming out of the water. The three legs could be seen together with several port holes. When Eric Thomason in Maslin Beach, Australia, looked out across the ocean, he saw – to his great surprise – how an object rose from the waves and started flying towards him. When the object came nearer, Eric took out his camera and started taking photographs.

The photographs are quite sensational, and there are really just two alternatives: either Eric Thomason’s photographs are the most astounding.

Eric Thomason, 69, is a senior citizen living in Maslin Beach in southern Australia. Not far from his house is an old abandoned mine, Maslin Old Quarry, where he sometimes takes his dog for a walk.

In March 1993, Eric decided to try to document the old mine using his son’s camera, a Kodak S50 with a Fuji 100 ASA-film. Despite having never owned a camera of his own and having virtually no experiencing photographing, Eric set off in order to try to capture the beautiful colors of the open-cast mine from as many angles as possible.

And, a photo contest in the magazine “Southern Times-Messenger” about the best image of a sunrise over land also helped him in his decision. He thought he would be able to capture the sunrise on film from Ochre Point, a cliff 60 meters high from where hang-gliders used to take off – but the sun was hidden behind a dense layer of clouds.

Wednesday, March 10, didn’t appear to be much better. It was a cool morning, only 14 degrees Celsius, and a stubborn wind came from the west. From the top of the grassy cliff, Eric was forced to accept that there wasn’t going to be a sunrise that morning either.

A persistent layer of clouds blocked out the sun, and the time was 06:00 AM when Eric instead turned to face the ocean to the west.

– It was then that I saw a movement on the surface on the water, and something looking like the tower on an atomic submarine emerged, Eric tells UFO-Sweden.

When the object rose from the water I was able to see how three legs were pointing out from the hull. I was also able to see how it was spinning, and how the three legs were pulled in.

Before the legs were pulled in, Eric managed to take his first photograph of the object, and he estimates the distance to the object at the time being about 400 meters. It then dawned on him how exposed his position was. Standing on top of the Ochre Point with the sun right behind him made him an easy target to spot for a possible crew.

Maslin Beach UFO

Maslin Beach. An arrow points to the place were Mr Thomason was standing during the observation. – I had heard of people being abducted by UFOs, so I climbed down a slope nearby. From there I could see how the light-grey object came flying somewhat south of me, and came to a halt over the mine. At that very moment I spotted yet another object, north of the first one. That’s when I snapped my second picture, but since the light from the sunrise was straight into my view-finder I moved a little to the left.

Maslin Beach UFO

The main object has turned its bottom to the photographer and a second object has appeared a little farther away.

Maslin Beach UFO

Both of the objects in a slightly different position. While taking photographs from his hideout five meters below the top of the cliff, the new object moved towards the larger one, came to a halt, and then continued upwards, into a deepening in the larger object.

– I could see three lights on the exterior of the larger object and how it shone around the opening. Shortly after I’d taken the fourth and last photograph the larger object rose straight up and disappeared over me. When that happened, I could feel water dripping from the craft down on me.

Maslin Beach UFO

The main object with the second object slightly under a bit farther away. In a report form to the Australian UFO-group Australian Flying Saucer Research Society, Eric estimates the size of the object to be 40 meters, and the distance (when he first saw it rise from the ocean) to be 2 kilometers. While talking to him on the phone, Eric tells me how it never got closer to him than 400 meters.

When the incident was over, Eric returned home. However, despite his amazing encounter he decided to remain quiet about it, even to his wife. He first wanted to have the film developed in order to find out if there indeed were any photographs of it. But he was not in a hurry. Before he handed in the film for development he made sure to use up the entire film. And not until May, 1994, when he had watched a UFO show on TV, did he bring forward the photographs.

– At first he didn’t tell me anything since I wasn’t feeling well at the time, and later he believed that the photographs weren’t going to show anything, Mrs. Thomason says when UFO-Sweden talks to her. But after he had had the film developed he showed them to me. I’m certain it’s a spaceship. Eric is not the lying type, and I believe him.

Still, there are several details in his story that are worth pondering. Eric Thomason set his alarm clock to 05:45 in order to catch the sunrise, which took place around 06:00. During these 15 minutes, Mr. Thomason had time to get out of bed, put on several layers of warm clothing, bring his camera, fetch the dog at the back of the house, walk to Ochre Point (which according to Mrs. Thomason takes 5 minutes), climb the 60 meters tall cliff, wait for the failed sunrise, and then walk on to another site close by in order to look out over the ocean.

At 06:00 sharp he took his first photograph of the object. The bright blue sky on the first photograph suggests the images were taken later in the day.

In a letter, Eric describes what happened when the photographs were returned from the photo lab:

“When the film had been developed I noticed yet another object on the first photograph, which I hadn’t seen during the incident itself. A black dot in the distance, halfway between the object and the edge of the photograph, which might have been an airplane several kilometers away, or the smaller object on its way to intercept with the larger one.”

KEN PFEIFER WORLD UFO PHOTOS AND NEWS

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOSANDNEWS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.UFOCASEBOOK.COM

FAMILY’S STRANGE ALIEN ABDUCTION IN VICTORIA AUSTRALIA

Featured

AUGUST 1993……… DANDENONG FOOTHILLS VICTORIA AUSTRALIA

In August 1993, 27-year-old Kelly Cahill, her husband and three children were driving home after a visit to a friend’s house. Their routine journey would soon become a harrowing trip into an unknown world of strange beings that occupied space, but were void of color as we know it.

The Dandenong foothills, near Belgrave, Victoria, Australia would have its location forever linked to one of the most unusual sightings of a strange creature in Ufology archives.

Records from the town of Leicester, England in the year of 1928 give an account of another being without color. The Cahill family would witness either more of the same, or very similar beings in the wee morning hours of August 8.

After midnight the Cahills were on their journey home when they first noticed the lights of a rounded craft with windows around it.

It silently hovered above the road. Different colored lights were clearly visible on the bottom of the object. The UFO was so close to the ground that Kelly thought she could see people through the window openings.

As she began screaming to her husband what she was seeing, the craft zoomed off to their left, disappearing as quickly as it had made itself known.

Continuing their drive home with a renewed interest in the sky, they suddenly came upon a light… a light so bright they were practically blinded.

Shading her eyes from the intense light with her hands over her eyes, Kelly begged of her husband, “What are you going to do?”

Her husband now frightened to death by the glowing presence before them, replied, “I am going to keep on driving.”

Within what seemed only a second or two, Kelly was now very relaxed, suddenly calmed by the disappearance of the intense, glowing light that had turned night into day for a brief few moments.

The first words out of Kelly’s mouth were, “What happened, did I blackout?”

Her husband said nothing, as he had no answer to give his wife. He cautiously drove his family home. Upon their safe arrival Kelly could smell a foul odor, like vomit, and she suddenly felt as though something was missing from their drive home.

Something was missing… an hour or so of time had vanished from her and her family’s life.

Cahill

That night as Kelly undressed for bed, she noticed a strange triangular mark on her navel, a mark she had never seen before. It must have been created early this every night.

But how? And why? And most importantly, by whom? Kelly suffered from general malaise for the next two weeks, and was taken to the hospital on two occasions, one for severe stomach pain, and another for a uterine infection.

Kelly would soon begin to remember details of that fearful night, and without any outside aid such as regressive hypnosis, or counseling. She recalled the object they had seen in a slightly different place than she first remembered.

It was hovering in a gully, and the UFO was big. She estimated it at 150 feet in diameter. She could also recall that when the object was first spotted, her husband had stopped the car, and both her and her husband had gotten out of the vehicle, and walked in the direction of the massive craft, without fear.

It was if they were being subconsciously drawn to the enigmatic, otherworldly creation.

To their surprise, they noticed another car stopped on the side of the road. As they walked down toward the craft, they saw a creature unlike either of them had ever seen before.

It was black, not a black color, but black as if all matter was removed where its presence was. Kelly would later describe it as “not having a soul.”

Kelly Cahill Current

Kelly’s words for the alien were “void of color,” yet its shape was clearly discernible. The black alien entity was taller than an average man, about 7 feet tall, according to Kelly, and its eyes were large like a fly’s, glowing red.

Today After being mesmerized by the sight of the being, she saw more of them. “Heaps of them” is how Kelly described them as she stared into the open field.

The aliens were out there in the field, beneath the immense flying craft. The beings seemed to congregate in small groups, and one group glided toward Kelly and her husband, covering a hundred yards in a mere few seconds.

Another group was approaching the other car which sat motionless near the hovering craft.

Kelly had a sense that the creatures were evil. She clung to her husband, fighting the feeling of blacking out. Her great fear and dread would cause her to scream at the alien-looking entities to leave them alone.

She remembered going unconscious, and then… she was back in their car.

As strange as this encounter seems, it was not without corroboration. The occupants in the other car would come forward and tell almost an exact story, a story of abduction, mind control, and embarrassing procedures.

Kelly Cahill Alien Depiction

Kelly recalled through dreams the black alien stooping over her helpless, nude body like he was kissing her navel. From all indications of the descriptions of the aliens, they were intruding into our dimension, taking space in our universe, yet without solid form, though shapes, heads, eyes, and arms could be distinguished.

Could these strange and eerie beings simply slipped from a parallel existence into ours? Or were they from a not too distant future?

The account of Kelly Cahill has been examined and reexamined by many researchers. Many theories have been put forward, but nothing new has been uncovered.

Nothing has been proven, or disproved. Kelly Cahill was considered a reliable, honest person by those who knew her at the time of this strange sighting. Her case is considered legitimate by many UFO investigators. NOTE: The above image is CGI.

KEN PFEIFER WORLD UFO PHOTOS AND NEWS

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOSANDNEWS.ORG

THANKS TO HTTP://WWW.UFOCASEBOOK.COM

STAR TREK LIKE TRIANGLE ENCOUNTER IN ONTARIO CANADA

Featured

JANUARY 24, 2003 ……KINGSTON REGION OF ONTARIO

At around 6 pm on the evening of 24th January 2003, another sighting of a triangular object in the Ontario would unfold. This time in the Kingston region. The witness, who would withhold her name, would speak at length with UFO researcher and investigator, Peter Davenport. He would, incidentally, describe her as an “exceptional witness” and certainly someone with credibility.

At the time of the incident, she was driving in her car along Highway 15. She would recall how it was a particularly cold night with the skies long since darkened. However, with the music from her car’s cassette player filling the vehicle’s interior, she suddenly noticed something out of place in the sky that caught her attention.

She would describe this anomaly as “two, round, white lights” that were “much bigger than any (of the) stars”. And what’s more, the lights were heading toward her. She would quickly scan her immediate surroundings and, realizing hers was the only vehicle on the road, she would bring her speed down to around 15 miles per hour, perhaps a little less.

She brought her attention back to the object which was now significantly closer. The witness would claim the lights now appeared “like big bus headlights in the sky”. It was certainly something that she had not seen before. As she continued to watch the approaching lights, she noticed a third, smaller red light. It would “start on the inside left and blinked its way to the right”. And it would do so repeatedly. This, then, would suggest that the lights were very much attached to a much larger, solid object.

As the object continued to descend – now only several feet above the treetops – the witness would turn her car headlights to full beam. She would state she wished to “get a better look” at the approaching craft. At the same time, she brought the car to a virtual crawl along the lonely highway.

It was at this point that she could clearly see the object was a “black equilateral triangle”. What’s more, at each point of the triangle was a “large white dome light”. This would “glow”, almost in a throbbing way.

The witness would wind the window down in the car door so she could get an unobstructed view of the object. As she did so, she was indeed able to notice the underside of the object more clearly. Perhaps of more significance, though, is the direction the witness reported the object was going – towards the Kingston Mills Locks.

Once more, we have a close proximity UFO sighting which is heading toward a body of water. And what’s more, at least according to some researchers, locks are a particularly interesting place as they often disguise entrances to the inner world. We will come back to this later.

Regarding the object itself, she would recall how it was of a dark grey color, “almost shadow-like”. Perhaps of more intrigue, though, was the detail that attached to the underside of the object was a “very distinct 3-Dimensional black shape”. What’s more, this black shape had “arrow-like points” as opposed to the rounded edges of the main object. She would further describe it as being like “something out of a Star Trek movie”. The witness, though, was also questioning whether she might have stumbled under the flight path of a top-secret military aircraft. NOTE: The above image is CGI.

KEN PFEIFER WORLD UFO PHOTOS AND NEWS

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOSANDNEWS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOS.ORG

THANKS TO MARCUS LOWTH AND https://www.ufoinsight.com

NAVY’S NEW POLICY TO REPORT UFO SIGHTINGS

Featured

The U.S. Navy is drafting new guidelines for pilots and other personnel to report encounters with “unidentified aircraft,” a significant new step in creating a formal process to collect and analyze the unexplained sightings — and destigmatize them.

The previously unreported move is in response to a series of sightings of unknown, highly advanced aircraft intruding on Navy strike groups and other sensitive military formations and facilities, the service says.

“There have been a number of reports of unauthorized and/or unidentified aircraft entering various military-controlled ranges and designated air space in recent years,” the Navy said in a statement in response to questions from POLITICO. “For safety and security concerns, the Navy and the [U.S. Air Force] takes these reports very seriously and investigates each and every report.

“As part of this effort,” it added, “the Navy is updating and formalizing the process by which reports of any such suspected incursions can be made to the cognizant authorities. A new message to the fleet that will detail the steps for reporting is in draft.”

To be clear, the Navy isn’t endorsing the idea that its sailors have encountered alien spacecraft. But it is acknowledging there have been enough strange aerial sightings by credible and highly trained military personnel that they need to be recorded in the official record and studied — rather than dismissed as some kooky phenomena from the realm of science-fiction.

Morning Defense newsletter

Sign up for Morning Defense, a daily briefing on Washington’s national security apparatus.EmailSign Up

By signing up you agree to receive email newsletters or alerts from POLITICO. You can unsubscribe at any time. This site is protected by reCAPTCHA and the Google Privacy Policy and Terms of Service apply.

Chris Mellon, a former Pentagon intelligence official and ex-staffer on the Senate Intelligence Committee, said establishing a more formal means of reporting what the military now calls “unexplained aerial phenomena” — rather than “unidentified flying objects” — would be a “sea change.”

“Right now, we have situation in which UFOs and UAPs are treated as anomalies to be ignored rather than anomalies to be explored,” he said. “We have systems that exclude that information and dump it.”

For example, Mellon said “in a lot of cases [military personnel] don’t know what to do with that information — like satellite data or a radar that sees something going Mach 3. They will dump [the data] because that is not a traditional aircraft or missile.”

The development comes amid growing interest from members of Congress following revelations by POLITICO and the New York Times in late 2017 that the Pentagon established a dedicated office inside the Defense Intelligence Agency to study UAPs at the urging of several senators who secretly set aside appropriations for the effort.

KEN PFEIFER WORLD UFO PHOTOS AND NEWS

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOSANDNEWS.ORG

MISSING TIME AND UFO CLOSE ENCOUNTER IN ARIZONA

Featured

AUGUST 15, 2004 ……CASHION ARIZONA

After midnight in Cashion, Arizona, not only was a similar craft sighted, but it would prove to be another encounter that features substantial missing time. The witness, along with their four children had taken the short journey from their home to a public park in the neighborhood. Despite the late hour – they arrived there at around 11 pm – as it was such a short distance, they remained there for some time enjoying the peacefulness of the late night hour.

However, as the witness was sitting for a moment they noticed a “big light” heading toward them. Within minutes, the object – which was distinctly triangular with white lights at each of its corners – was directly overhead. The witness and their children all stood mesmerized for several moments looking up at the triangular object.

Then, things took a rather disturbing turn.

After standing and staring up at the strange object, the witness and their children suddenly found themselves “screaming and running into the house”. It was a little after 1:20 am. Almost 90 minutes had passed, and yet none of those present could remember anything that had happened. They couldn’t even recall making the short journey from the park back to their home.

What is also interesting, after gathering themselves at home for a moment, only the main witness (the parent) and their 15-year-old son could recall anything of the events. Even when they arrived home, the other three children appeared confused as to why they were running.

This is perhaps an interesting detail. There are many accounts on record where one or two people witness and recall a UFO event, only for others who were also present to remember absolutely nothing. Almost as if, as the witness in this case states, they were “targeted” for the sighting while the others were intentionally “tuned out”. NOTE: The above image is CGI.

KEN PFEIFER WORLD UFO PHOTOS AND NEWS

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOSANDNEWS.ORG

THANKS TO JOHN MOONER AND https://ufologist.yolasite.com

AMAZING ALIEN CRAFT PHOTO FROM NEWTON ABBOT DEVON ENGLAND

Featured

MARCH 26, 2020 ……NEWTON ABBOT DEVON ENGLAND

HI Ken: I heard a helicopter outside so I rushed over to the bedroom window to check it out. When I looked out of the window I could see that the helicopter was in fact the Devon air ambulance so I watched as it descended behind a house which then obscured my view. I went downstairs to get my Nikon p900 camera but none of the batteries that I tried were charged so I picked up my small Nikon coolpix L26 digital camera instead and went back upstairs to my bedroom where I stood patiently by the window waiting for the air ambulance helicopter to take off. After a while the air ambulance helicopter took off and ascended from behind the house giving me the perfect opportunity to take a photograph of it which I did. Then to my surprise I noticed a round object off to the left that was just hanging there in the sky so I immediately turned the camera in it’s direction to try and capture it in a photograph, but before I could the object flew off at incredible speed and unfortunately I lost sight of it.

I looked at the photograph that I had just taken and even though the quality of the photograph wasn’t that great I could still see that I had indeed managed to capture the object in the photograph along with the air ambulance helicopter. This camera normally takes perfectly clear photographs so why did this photograph turn out to be so dark and distorted. Could it be that this strange object had some type of affect on the camera causing the lack of quality in this photograph. I believe that it did. What was this object anyway and why was it observing the helicopter. I really cant understand why there are so many of these UFOs in this area? What on earth is going on? The photograph was taken‎ at 3:58 PM on the 26th of ‎March ‎2020, at Newton Abbot Devon England. All the best John.

KEN PFEIFER WORLD UFO PHOTOS AND NEWS

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOSANDNEWS.ORG

THANKS TO JOHN MOONER AND https://ufologist.yolasite.com

FRIENDS TRIANGLE CLOSE ENCOUNTER IN SOUTH CAROLINA

Featured

JULY 15, 2004 ……CHARLESTON SOUTH CAROLINA

On the 15th of July in Charleston, South Carolina, yet another sighting of a triangular aircraft with glowing white lights at each corner would occur, although it would not come to light until three years later.

The witness was a passenger in a car that was returning her and a friend (who was driving) home from a nearby waffle house on the night in question. It was shortly after they turned on to a long stretch of road when the witness’s friend noticed and pointed out three white light in the shape of a triangle hovering or moving slowly above the treetops that accompanied the roadside.

The witness would recall that the lights were bright “but not glows” and appeared as though they were the end points of a solid triangular-shaped object. The witness would further describe the object as having the shape of a “nacho chip with a light at each of its points”.  What’s more, and like many other witnesses to similar crafts, she found it bizarre that such a large object was seemingly moving so slowly. After they observed the strange object for several moments, they both realized that it was completely silent.

Most bizarre, though, was the beam-like searchlight that emanated from the middle underside of the object. It would move “quickly and erratically, but smoothly” over the woodland below as if searching for something among the trees.

They would watch the events unfold for several minutes. However, when they went to turn their vehicle around, the object had disappeared by the time they had done so. The witness would question whether it was a discreet “target-practice” for an experimental military craft as opposed to something extraterrestrial, although she didn’t dismiss the possibility. NOTE: The above image is CGI.

KEN PFEIFER WORLD UFO PHOTOS AND NEWS

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOSANDNEWS.ORG

THANKS TO MARCUS LOWTH AND https://www.ufoinsight.com

POSSIBLE ALIEN ABDUCTION IN ONTARIO CANADA

Featured

JULY 5, 2004…….PETERBOROUGH REGION OF ONTARIO CANADA

According to the report, the first sighting occurred around 4 am in the early hours of 5th July 2004 in the Peterborough region of Ontario. The witness, along with his cousin, observed a “fast-moving object” cutting through the skies and heading toward Little Lake. Both were even more amazed several moments later when a “triangle of three lights” went past in the same direction.

Neither of the witnesses could believe what they had seen, but both realized that something extraordinary had taken place. They would, though, keep the encounter to themselves. Two days later, however, in the early hours of the 7th of July, at around 3:30 am, the main witness would be present at another bizarre, but similar sighting.

He was watching the sky due to two strange glowing objects he had witnessed “streaking” across the sky earlier in the evening. Now, though, as he stood in his yard, he had a sudden compulsion to turn around and look toward the General Electric plant which was east of his location. As he did so, he realized that the streetlamps “seemed to be changing color”. When he looked up, however, he could see the cause of this color change.

Above but to the side of the electric plant, and moving at around 5 miles per hour, was a “massive” triangular-shaped object. Then, it would stop completely and restart again, only this time heading sideways toward the General Electric building. On the side that was visible was three “brownish orange lights” at each of the triangle’s endpoints which, bizarrely even to the witness, had an “evil” feel to them. He continued to watch these strange events unfold before him.

The witness would later describe the exterior of the triangular object as a dark blue or black color, with a matt finish as opposed to shiny. On the underside, in the middle of the object was a “circular dome” which was unlit. It is unclear if this circular dome contained occupants, or whether it was even built and designed for that purpose. He would also notice several “indentions” that he took to be either insignia, doors, or hatches. He would continue to follow the slow-moving craft for around three minutes. Then, without any warning whatsoever, the object: …moved so fast you couldn’t even tell the direction it went in!

Although he would see the object twice more during the next few moments, both were at a much higher altitude. Although he couldn’t explain why, he couldn’t escape the feeling that the occupants of the craft were not at all friendly. And furthermore, he also had the feeling that they, whoever they were, were aware that he was watching their low-altitude journey.

However, perhaps the most concerning detail was that upon returning inside he discovered the time to be a little after 5:15 am. This meant as opposed to the several minutes he believed he had been outside for, he had, in fact, been gone for more than an hour. Was this merely a sighting incident? Despite the miscalculation of time (which may have been exactly that as opposed to an episode of missing time), there appears to be no other sign of an abduction incident. However, it is something to keep in the back of our minds.

He would also pick up on some strange details over the next few days following the incident. The very next day, for instance, he would discover that his next-door neighbor had to replace the alternator and the battery on his otherwise very reliable Dodge. That might have been coincidental enough, but when he had to do the exact same thing with the second vehicle on his property, it appeared that something truly out of the ordinary had taken place overnight.

The witness would find the stereo in his own car “completely fried” upon inspection, and while the battery wasn’t completely dead, it was several hours later. There was also, according to the witness, a burnt aroma in the air for several days following the sighting.

He would further recall that on several occasions during the sighting he would feel “lost” or that he was confused at to what was happening or where he was. While this might have been a normal mental reaction to an extraordinary situation, given the missing time experienced by the witness, it is perhaps an important detail.

He would also note how he had some “weird dreams” in the days and weeks after the incident. As well as taking note of things he previously hadn’t. For example, he had a sudden appreciation for and understanding of architecture.

Perhaps most interesting, though, was the sudden discreet “psychic twinges” he would suddenly experience. He would know when the phone was about to ring or when someone was going to knock at the door right before it would happen, for example.

These details, both the new appreciation for things around you and a sudden, if discreet “psychic ability” is perhaps the most intriguing detail of the case. Not least, as it comes up often in close contact accounts. NOTE: The above image is CGI.

KEN PFEIFER WORLD UFO PHOTOS AND NEWS

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOSANDNEWS.ORG

THANKS TO MARCUS LOWTH AND https://www.ufoinsight.com

AIR FRANCE PILOTS UFO CLOSE ENCOUNTER OVER PARIS

Featured

JANUARY 28, 1994 ……..PARIS FRANCE

On January 28, 1994, at the beginning of the afternoon, the crew of Air-France flight AF-3532 (Nice to London) observed an unusual phenomenon. UFOCOM asked some questions to the pilot and commander of the flight, Jean-Charles Duboc.

INTERVIEW OF COMMANDANT DUBOC:

You were a flight commanding officer at AIR France and on January 28, 1994, you have encountered an unusual phenomenon as you were doing the Nice to London flight 3532. Could you tell what you witnessed?

I was indeed commander of flight AF-3532 of January 28, 1994, with copilot Valerie Chauffour, and 24 passengers on board.

I have kept a copy of the “OCTAVE”, which is the data-processing follow-up of the flight and I can specify that above the Paris area at the altitude of 11700 meters (FL 390), the outside temperature was of minus 59 Celsius degrees, and with a wind from the North-West had a speed of1 80 km/h (311°/101 kts).

The visibility was of more than 300 km (150 Nm) and the cloud cover consisted of altocumulus. The flight encountered no air shakes. The navigation was under excellent weather conditions, in spite of the facing wind of almost 130 km/h (70 kts). That gave us a ground speed of 650 km/h (350 kts).

The takeoff hour in Nice was 00h56PM UT and the arrival hour in London 02:13PM UT.

It was a particularly calm flight, without particular problem. We arrived above Coulommiers when a steward who was in the cockpit noticed an object which he thought could be a weather balloon. This object was then seen by the copilot and myself a few moments afterwards.

According to their description it seemed to have a variable form and to come very quickly across our road. I first identified it like an aircraft facing us, at approximately 45 km (25 Nm), at an altitude of approximately 10500 meters (25 Nm) and at an angle close to 45°.

I found this slope absolutely abnormal because aircraft are not inclined at this altitude beyond 30 degrees without risking to fall down. This object seemed to us then absolutely abnormal by its size which seemed immense, its dark red color and of the fuzzy edges. I had the impression to observe a gigantic lens in evolution.

It did not resemble anything we had seen in our flying careers.

This object, this phenomenon, remained motionless while we left it on our left side, still at an approximate distance of 45 km. We observed it during a good minute, conscious that we were seeing something utterly anomalous. We continued to observe it when it gradually merged with the environment. We saw it becoming translucent, transparent, diluted in space. That was absolutely amazing.

After some interrogations we contacted the control center of Rheims to announce this unidentified object to them, as we are required by air transportation regulation.

Was this “object” tracked by your instruments? What about he black box of flight 3532? Were the communications between your aircraft and the control center in Rheims recorded?

Our ON BOARD instruments are not intended to locate other aircraft.

The airborne radar is only intended to locate storms in order to be able to avoid the air movements ascending and descending, associated with them, characteristic of these clouds, the cumulonimbus. During this event the radar was not in operation, as it is only necessary in instrument flying (IFR).

In the same way, the black box cannot in any case detect aircraft or phenomena far away from the plane. On the Airbus 320 there is a first recorder which is the Quick Access Recorder (QAR). It records only flight parameters, speed, altitude, mechanics, engines, electric, etc. It is analyzed by the maintenance service.

The second recorder, the DFDR, has the same recordings but must support the constraints of an accident. This recorder is analyzed only if a crash occurs or on request of the crew. As no parameter of our flight has been modified, the tapes were not analyzed because it would have been pointless.

The UFO was at nearly 45 km of our aircraft, and there has been no electric or magnetic disturbances.

On the other hand this UFO was approximately 10 km above Paris, and the Parisian people, under layer of clouds, were much closer to the UFO than we were. If there had been electromagnetic disturbances, a few million people would have noticed it.

The communications were always preserved, and it is the same for the main TV and radio shows!

Which were the continuations of this affair, at a professional and personal level? Have you been interviewed by the civilian or military authorities?

In the immediate, the continuations were non-existent, because I did not submit a written report to avoid being ridiculed. It was three years later, as I read an article from Paris Match, which described how a UFO has been detected above Paris, that I made the connection between this UFO and that what I had seen.

I then submitted a report to the Gendarmerie Nationale French police, having an SOP for collection of UFO reports. NOTE: The above image is CGI.

KEN PFEIFER WORLD UFO PHOTOS AND NEWS

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOSANDNEWS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.UFOCASEBOOK.COM

UFO PHOTO FROM HARADH SAUDI ARABIA SHOWS A 90 DEGREE TURN

Featured

7-15-19 …………………HARADH SAUDI ARABIA

Me and 4 others (that want to remain silent on this matter) were deployed to a work site deep in the Desert in Saudi Arabia (oilfield work, I am a Data Acquisition Systems Specialist with a Software development Diploma and several Microsoft Development Certifications). We were driving down what they call a “skid road” (off road path through the desert, about 6 hours east of Dammam, and about 2 hours north east of Haradh). It is a very dangerous and bumpy road. On the back of the truck we had this very long and heavy hose that was needed for a MPD Job (Managed Pressure Drilling) tied down in the back of a pickup truck. We stopped to check on the hose. We shut off the truck and killed the lights. It was pitch black, beautiful if you ask me. I looked up into the night sky and noticed I could see Stars (very uncommon especially now, usually there is enough sand in the atmosphere that stars aren’t visible only the moon). I first pulled out a camera we use for taking photos of possible job sites while we do evaluation surveys.. then I pulled out my phone to take some pictures of what I believe to be Orion’s belt and thought nothing of it (NOTE: I have not reviewed the pictures on the work camera as of yet, I do not have it in my possession but will have access to it on the 22nd of July) The hose was good then we began our journey. Shortly afterwards.. we took a wrong turn and almost hit a well head. We stumbled upon a vacant lease (drilling job site). It wasn’t large and square in Nature. We backed up to take the road we thought we entered. Again the area was almost a perfect square but yet there was no path (road) behind us. It took us all 30 minutes to get our”wits” about us and to find the road out of this area and continue to the job site. We all found it to be very strange. One day later I was reviewing the picture on my phone and was AMAZED and SHOCK on what I seen.. A UFO coming “down” and making a very sharp turn. It was AMAZING! I always wanted to witness something of the sort. The last few days I was contemplating the journey to the job site after the picture was taken and how confused we were. This is an assumption but I am assuming something else happened. Maybe contact, information distribution, not sure. Also there was only one good picture on my phone.

KENS NOTE: This case was investigated by Steve Hudgeons and was classified as unknown. Steve is the International Director of Investigations for MUFON.

We normally do not investigate camera captures because the witness did not see the UFO but there are exceptions to every rule.

KEN PFEIFER WORLD UFO PHOTOS AND NEWS

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOSANDNEWS.ORG

THANKS TO HTTP://WWW.MUFON.COM CASE FILES

CORONA VIRUS IS DEADLY. WASHING OUR MONEY COULD BE THE BEST SOLUTION…..

Featured

As most people already know, money typically has billions of germs on it and some could be the Corona virus. This could be a very simple but life saving solution to this deadly plague. Google …. washing paper money…..and there should be a couple methods of doing this. No one has mentioned this idea before and it really puzzles me why ?? Stay safe and healthy my friends. Ken Pfeifer

KEN PFEIFER’S CORONA VIRUS ALERT

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOSANDNEWS.ORG

ALAZING ALIEN CRAFT PHOTO FROM NEWTOB ABBOT DEVON ENGLAND

Featured

AUGUST 2018……NEWTON ABBOT DEVON ENGLAND

Hi Ken: I was in my bed fast asleep when I suddenly awoke…. To my surprise over by the window there were three fiery orange glowing spheres of light that were in a line just hanging there in the air. I was very alarmed by this so I sat up in bed and just stared at  them wondering what the hell they could be. There was no movement from them at all and I was really perplexed by these tennis ball sized spheres. I had seen these types of sphere UFOs before in many pictures and videos over the years but to see them in my house especially in my bedroom was scary. I was unsure of there intentions as I just stared at them intently waiting for anything to happened… Then about 8 minutes later something did indeed happen. A small white light emerged from the middle fiery sphere and flew towards me before it stopped. The white light was translucent in nature but was very bright. I have seen these small types of white lights before at Teignmouth they seem to follow me around while I walked along the path next to Brunel’s railway. I had always wondered what they were and where they had originated from. It is pretty clear to me now that these small lights are some type of surveillance device. I really must of caught the unwanted attention of someone because of my deep research into ufology… I watched the small light for a while before I turned my attention back to the three fiery orange glowing spheres of light which had now began to fade away. I watched as they completely faded out and disappeared. I then watched as the small translucent white light began to move towards me. It flew right up to my face and then slowly moved around my head like it was scanning me. I tried to grab it but it had no substance to it. Even though it was made of light I could see that it was some type of technology. It was far beyond my understanding. Our scientist are only just starting to understand quantum mechanics utilizing quantum bits for computing and I’m telling you this was really next level stuff… this technology was on a spectral level. The light then flew out of the closed window passing straight through the glass. This translucent white light still comes back inside the house from time to time to spy on me and see what I am up to. It’s very strange to know that I am under surveillance by an unseen force somewhere out there. This incident took place back in August of 2018 at Newton Abbot Devon England. Stay safe my friend All the best John.

John Mooner is the Chief Investigator for World UFO Photos.

KEN PFEIFER WORLD UFO PHOTOS AND NEWS

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOSANDNEWS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.KENPFEIFERDISCOVERIES.COM

JOHN MOONERS WEB SITE IS https://ufologist.yolasite.com/

STRANGE UFO ENCOUNTER BY MANY WITNESSES OVER LAKE MICHIGAN

Featured

MARCH 8, 1994 ……SOUTH OF HOLLAND MICHIGAN

On the evening of March 8, 1994, residents of Southwest Michigan began seeing strange things in the skies over Lake Michigan to the south of Holland. Blue, white, red, and green lights, sometimes attached to cylindrical objects, and sometimes performing unusual maneuvers, were reported.

911 operators began receiving calls at around 9:30 p.m. about something that looked like “a string of Christmas lights way up in the sky.” It wasn’t just a few people reporting these things; it was counties all up and down Lake Michigan. Some sources said 300 witnesses, including several police officers, saw the lights.

There were so many reports that one of the Ottawa County 911 operators decided to call the National Weather Service radar operator at Muskegon. The conversations that 911 had with the NWS operator were taped and later made their way into the media. The radar operator’s voice could be heard describing abrupt movements of the object and multiple objects appearing on the radar screen.

He said that what he was seeing could not be precipitation, especially at that height. One object was tracked moving twenty miles in ten seconds.

Holland police officer Jeff Vellhouse spoke to the operator of the Muskegon radar that picked up the radar tracks: “He said he had three things on his radar, and they were in a triangular shape. He said they hovered over Holland and moved southwest. He said that one would move out of the triangular pattern, then move back in.”

The radar operator also reported: “There were three and sometimes four blips, and they weren’t planes. Planes show as pinpoints on the scope, these were the size of half a thumbnail. They were from 5 to 12,000 feet at times, moving all over the place. Three were moving toward Chicago. I never saw anything like it before, not even when I’m doing severe weather.”

It was said that there was no NWS written or taped records of the radar contacts themselves, but Dave Reinhart of BIMUP (Bureau of Investigators of Mysteries & Unusual Phenomena) claimed to have received copies of the NWS radar operator’s report in late 1994. He also said that he had talked to an individual referred to as “Fred”, who worked at Area 51 and who had knowledge that what occurred on the night of March 8, 1994 was some sort of rendezvous of UFOs from the east, west, north, and south.

Scott Ruiter of Grand Haven saw the lights in Grand Haven Township at 10:30 p.m. March 7: “It looked like about five airplanes following each other fairly closely. One would blink, then the other, other and other, right to left,”

The National Weather Service later tried to downplay the radar trackings: “There is no relation between the UFOs and the radar tracks,” said Dean Gulezian, the weather service’s area manager for Michigan. Gulezian said that although the radar did show some echoes, one key thing is the eyewitnesses saw these things at tree-top level, while the radar echoes were from an altitude of 10,000 feet or higher.” (Note above where the first witnesses reported seeing something like a string of Christmas lights “way up in the sky”)

Randee Murphy and her husband, of Ada Township, observed a “huge” shape for about two minutes as it flew slowly about 100 feet over the woods outside their home. “It had four lights,” she said, and “made a soft, whirring noise. It sounded like a single jet engine.” The Michigan flap continued for several days, presumably ending on the 10th. The sightings were never adequately explained.

KEN PFEIFER WORLD UFO PHOTOS AND NEWS

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOSANDNEWS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.KENPFEIFERDISCOVERIES.COM

THANKS TO HTTP://WWW.UFOCASEBOOK.COM

AIRLINE PILOTS CLOSE ENCOUNTER WITH UFO’S OVER DURANGO MEXICO

Featured

APRIL 5 1993 …….NEAR DURANGO MEXICO

I was a young Copilot for Aviacsa Airlines, on a Fokker 100, based in Merida Yucatan in 1993 in Mexico. We departed Monterrey Mexico for Juarez Mexico in the morning. Less than one hour into the flight we saw six very bright lights hovering over the mountains about 30 miles to the West. At first we thought they were chicken farms. Then we saw them climb above the mountain ridge were they hovered. We kept observing them while climbing our aircraft to 28000 feet. They kept getting closer and climbing with us, eventually they stopped looking like bright lights, because as they got closer to us they became very clear flying discs. All white with no contrails or wing forms. They were six and they sort of hovered and flew alongside, maybe 5 to ten miles to our left. The Captain and I discussed what they might be and the Flight attendants came in to look at them as well. They didn’t fly in straight formation like jet fighters do. They climbed with us and floated next to us for about five to ten minutes. Then I got on the radio with Air Traffic control from Monterrey, I asked them if they had Military traffic in the area… And they said no, and asked what I had seen. I said I saw six bright round objects, and immediate silence on the radio came. Then, in a split second, they disappeared. They vanished without leaving any trails or contrails. We kept looking for them and soon saw them again over the same mountain ridge, hovering as bright lights, all six of them. That week, I flew that same flight twice, and on both occasions we saw them again as bright lights hovering over the same mountain ridge. Except this time they did not approach us… This area were they were first seen is called The Area of Silence and is OFF limits by the Mexican Military. Rumor is that there is a certain mineral that changes the gravitational properties of the speed of sound, therefore , sound travels much slower. It is believed that they use that mineral for propulsion. This experience convinced me of extraterrestrial life and I know now that they been around for thousands of years, according to ancient manuscripts.

The Mapimí Silent Zone (Spanish: La Zona del Silencio) is the popular name for a desert patch near the Bolsón de Mapimí in Durango, Mexico, overlapping the Mapimí Biosphere Reserve. It is the subject of an urban myth that claims it is an area where radio signals and any type of communications cannot be received. The name Zone of Silence was not given until 1966 when Pemex, the national oil company, sent an expedition to explore the area. The leader, Augusto Harry de la Peña, was frustrated by the problems he was having with his radio. He christened it the Zone of Silence. NOTE: The above image is CGI.

This case has been investigated by MUFON’s International Director of Investigations Steve Hudgeons. The case was finally classified as ” unknown ”.

KEN PFEIFER WORLD UFO PHOTOS AND NEWS

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOSANDNEWS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.KENPFEIFERDISCOVERIES.COM

THANKS TO HTTP://WWW.MUFON.COM CASE FILES

ALIEN CRAFT PHOTO FROM MONGO INDIANA

Featured

AUGUST 31, 1994 …….MONGO INDIANA

Mongo, IN, is located approximately 40 miles NNW of Fort Wayne, approximately 5 miles from the Michigan border. The prime witness (referred to as JK) was an area fire supervisor for the Forest Management Division, Michigan Department of Natural Resources, residing in Jackson, MI. DB was the firefighter from Howell, MI who took the pictures. FB: Cass City, MI, retired, Michigan Department of Natural Resources.

One of the witnesses was a retired Michigan State Trooper from Carroll, MI. Another was a retiree from the U.S. Postal Service. The latter did not think the object was a UFO. There was one other witness, six in all. The sighting was brief, estimated at 1-3 minutes. Six men, all retirees from age 45 on up, were sitting around a campfire at the Trading Post Campgrounds at Mongo, IN, on Wednesday, August 31st, 1994. The time was approximately 8:30 PM, Indiana time; 9:30 PM Michigan time (EDT).

The UFO Filter Center at Mt. Vernon, IN (also HQ for the Indiana Group, MUFON) received the initial report on 10/07/94, by phone. FIT Linda Dahlkemper had called me (State Director) at 11:00 AM. On the 21st, UFOFC received blow-ups of two photos, #8 and #9, drawings by the prime witness, and some news clippings.

The photos were impressive. Although the images were small and taken at night, one photo looked very much like the famous Trindade Island photo. I attempted contact with Jeff Sainio, Photo Analyst, left message on his recorder.

At approximately 10:00 AM, on 10/22, I conducted a taped telephone interview with the prime witness (JK). A letter and six Form 1’s were sent to the prime witness. I requested witness send copy of photos to me AND Jeff Sainio. The following are notes taken from the phone conversation:

“Off to the southwest it looked like the moon, glowing through the treetops, and it was low. I said, ‘that can’t be the moon’, ’cause we are in the last phase. (Moon not visible anyway). Then it started moving. Then it moved right out from behind the trees into an open area near a road and hovered toward us. And it was clear as can be.

It was a flying saucer, just that vivid. The object glided into our area at a shallow angle, turned toward us and began to hover. Standing still, the white glow turned transparent. It looked like a white strobe light on the top of the dome. A bright red flash of light under the bottom flashed 3 or 4 times like a strobe and it disappeared to the south and east very quickly, within 2 seconds.”

Before it had gone they got at least four good pictures. One of the individuals who was taking pictures around the campfire that night had a Vivitar fully automatic 35 mm camera, loaded with 400 ASA color film. He was instructed to grab his camera and shoot. He had been out West with a fire crew, fighting fires and had taken pictures out there. The lens was standard, not telephoto.

Newspaper accounts show at least two other good witnesses (the Martins) testifying that this was no blimp. Reports of a blimp (Family Channel) in area. Finally, a man, his wife, and two daughters saw the same or similar object at Hamilton, IN, and took videos. Their sighting was at 8:45 PM and a little over 20 miles SE of Mongo. The object was less than 100′ up and there was no sound. Although some of video was erased, the object in one scene is large, pear shaped, and definitely not a conventional object.

A drawing was supplied with the blow-ups of negatives #8 & #9, and witness states that this is what the UFO looked like, as it was very bright and coming in, first like the moon. Object had panels that could be seen when the object was due south. He says drawing/photos don’t do justice to the actual event. There was absolutely no noise. Three dogs did not react in any way.

He was out hunting the next day and actually saw the Family Channel Blimp that others had reported. “There is no way in hell (that) we saw a blimp that night.”

The object they saw and photographed on the 31st was no further than 1/4 mile away, and from 500′ high to as low as 100′ at one point. Witness then states the object was more vivid when first coming in. Apparently the object was receding on subsequent shots. At first he thought the object to be a bright meteor. It didn’t take long for them to realize that the object was not a meteor. In negative #4 & #5 you “can see a distinct line right around the center”, he said.

Source Test, Natural: All natural sources were eliminated. An EZC Skyplot for Mongo coordinates during time slot shows three planets as conspicuous targets. Jupiter and Venus were in the SW, Saturn was in the SE. Description of object, movement, and number of witnesses precludes a misidentification of an astronomical object.

Also, an on-site investigation by John Timmerman of CUFOS failed to show any other natural source that might explain the sighting.

Source Test, Man-Made: Advertising, commercial, military, and private aircraft eliminated. A blimp seemed possible. Witness testimony appeared to rule this out. Later analysis by Dr. Richard Haines effectively ruled out any type of blimp or any other source. We had already eliminated a balloon, fixed structure, hoax (on witness or by witnesses).

Twelve witnesses were reliable, object was real, description and photos (and a video) indicate an unidentified craft was in the area, along with a possible blimp.

Evaluation: Unidentified craft. Berliner Strangeness Scale: 2 (Night object); Berliner Credibility Scale: 7 (Still photo(s) by professional). Speiser Strangeness Factor: S5 (Highly strange; suggests intelligent guidance); Speiser Credibility Scale: P5 (Highly credible, leaving almost no doubt).

The self-luminous aerial object seen and photographed at Mongo, Indiana on August 31, 1994, has remained unidentified after the various evaluations cited above. On the one hand, its overall shape and flight characteristics are not unlike many scores of other UFO reported for more than fifty years from around the world, many of which were captured on photographs.

On the other hand, a blimp definitely was seen during the night of August 31, 1994 in the Mongo area. The aerial object photographed cannot be positively identified at this time. It remains a UFO. The witnesses also claim the object at one point was less than 100′ over them, was as big as a football field, and made no noise!

KEN PFEIFER WORLD UFO PHOTOS AND NEWS

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOSANDNEWS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.KENPFEIFERDISCOVERIES.COM

HTTP://WWW.UFOCASEBOOK.COM

PHOTO OF AN ALIEN CRAFT OVER SHROPSHIRE ENGLAND

Featured

On 18th March 2020, I was walking with a group of four friends over the old Oswestry hill fort in Shropshire, UK. We had stopped to take some tea and while we were getting this ready we all heard a humming and buzzing noise approach us from behind and to the North West. We turned around and literally in the sky right in front of us was this very weird looking triangle shaped ‘thing’s that was clearly not any aircraft I have ever known or seen. It was moving slowly sort of towards us and quite low, I would say approx 400 to 500ft altitude. It made a slight turn and flew from right to left in front of us heading in a Southerly direction towards the town of Shrewsbury. This craft was actually quite bizarre looking and made this strange hum as it flew by. I am a retired Royal Air Force air traffic controller with 20 years service and I have never seen or known anything like this before I retired in 2019, so I am fully aware of all drone technology in the military, and can confirm that this was not anything even remotely near that! I have seen some pretty exotic aircraft in my time, and have been based at places like MoD Boscombe Down, but this craft was unlike anything in had ever seen before!

KEN PFEIFER WORLD UFO PHOTOS AND NEWS

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOSANDNEWS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.KENPFEIFERDISCOVERIES.COM

HTTP://WWW.MUFON.COM

INCREDIBLE VIDEO OF AN ALIEN CRAFT BUZZING THE SPACE X ROCKET

Featured

DECEMBER 22, 2019 …….VANDENBERG AIR FORCE BASE , CALIFORNIA

Elon Musk‘s plan to deliver universal internet access via a network of low Earth orbit satellites has left some stargazers confused, after the first batch prompted hundreds of UFO reports.

SpaceX launched the first 60 satellites of its Starlink project last week, which the private space firm says will form the first part of a 12,000-strong satellite network that will beam high-speed internet back down to Earth.

The size of the satellites also mean it is unlikely that people looking up at the night sky will be able to see them with their naked eye. 

Reports from some astronomers, however, suggest the solar panels on the Starlink satellites create a flare, causing them to appear brighter than any star that they are passing in front of.

Mr Musk, the CEO of the space firm, said the first 60 satellites deployed successfully but will not be operational until another 800 have been launched.

Below is a photo of the alien craft, it was extracted from the video.

KEN PFEIFER WORLD UFO PHOTOS AND NEWS

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOSANDNEWS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.KENPFEIFERDISCOVERIES.COM

A PRIVATE SOURCE SENT ME THIS VIDEO.

CLEAR VIDEO OF AN ALIEN CRAFT NEAR THE I.S.S. IN ORBIT

Featured

FEBURARY 25, 2020 …….EARTH ORBIT

On the 25th of February, a story broke concerning an apparent UFO that had come a little too close to the International Space Station. What’s more, it remained in the picture for around 20 minutes. We, like many other UFO researchers, have pointed out before how the International Space Station has been the apparent target of UFOs on numerous occasions. Normally, however, the live broadcast switches to a screen stating there were “technical difficulties”.

On this occasion, the cameras would “remain locked on it”. As the footage surfaced online it would spread like wildfire. As did the theories as to what it was in the first place.

Estimates of its size would largely agree it to be the approximate size of a bus and was likely traveling somewhere in the region of 7.8 kilometers-per-second.

As to what the craft might be theories ranged from the obvious claims of an extraterrestrial craft to a top-secret United States space plane (the X-37B, for example, is known to perform operations at such an orbit).

Whatever the object proves to be – if indeed there is ever an explanation offered – it will likely continue to be debated around the world for some time to come.

You can check out that footage below. https://youtu.be/X2eIcSs0zCQ

KEN PFEIFER WORLD UFO PHOTOS AND NEWS

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOSANDNEWS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.KENPFEIFERDISCOVERIES.COM

ALIEN CRAFT LANDED IN ASUM DENMARK

Featured

AUGUST 1981 …….. ASUM DENMARK

The main witness – known as “PN” in the report – was driving through Asum, a small village in the Funen region of Denmark on his way to the warehouse where he worked at around 2 am one morning in August 1981. As he was doing so, and without warning, his car would suddenly stall. Only the fact that he was on a downward hill at the time actually kept his vehicle in motion. Seeing a T-junction coming up, he pressed his foot down on the brake, bringing the car to a halt.

As the car came to a stop, PN glanced forward. In his line of sight was a bizarre glowing object, floating several meters above the ground. So bright was the object that PN couldn’t see clearly beyond that intense yellow-orange glow and so wasn’t sure of the specific details of the shape.

He could, though, make out what appeared to be a ramp extending from the bottom of the craft to the ground below. As he looked closer, PN could see several strange entities that were making their way up and down the ramp and around the ground below as if searching for something or simply gathering things of interest. He would note how the movements, while extremely quick, were robotic-like.

As he was watching this organized chaos unfold before him, he first noticed the three other figures, much larger than the ones who continued to scurry around up and down the ramp. While two of these larger figures remained in the doorway of the craft, the third was at the bottom of the ramp. Suddenly, PN felt a lot more nervous than he had several moments earlier.

A Sudden Surge In PN’s Direction!

As he remained where he was watching the bizarre scene, he came to the realization that the strange humanoid entities were most likely guards of some kind as they remained in one position throughout. Furthermore, the more he watched the smaller entities he would notice how they appeared to be “two triangles placed on top of the other”.

He watched for several more minutes, not daring to take his eyes away from the scene for just a moment. When he finally did so, however, he noticed a taxi parked around 150 meters away from where his own vehicle stood. He also noticed how the headlights of the taxi “flashed” several times. He couldn’t, however, tell if this was aimed at himself or whether the driver of the taxi, presumably also aware of the brightly glowing object, was making attempts to communicate with these strange visitors.

It was moments after first noticing the taxi that PN realized his car would start. It was also at this point that the entities suddenly appeared aware of his presence. Within seconds they were heading toward him – and fast.

As he began to put his own vehicle in motion and beginning away from the outrageous situation, he noticed that the driver of the taxi was seemingly thinking the same thing, and had turned his car around which was now heading away from the scene in the opposite direction to PN.

Unlikely But Not Impossible There Is More Information To Come!

PN pressed his foot down as hard as he could, continuing the car’s momentum away from the glowing craft and the bizarre entities, which he could also see continuing their pursuit. They would remain in his sight for several more minutes before they finally disappeared from his view such was the sufficient distance he had put between himself and the bizarre scenario.

He didn’t see what happened to the entities after he had gotten out of visual range. And he didn’t recall seeing the glowing craft shoot high into the air. Perhaps, then, there are several things to consider.

In fact, aside from reporting the incident to the UFO investigators concerned, it is not thought there is any further information concerning this case available. However, given that there was at least one other witness to the incident, it would be interesting to see if any further details emerge at some point in the near future.

What’s more, although they are spread out across the globe, there are several other UFO sightings which feature a glowing, circular or disc-like yellow-orange craft which is on record during the same window of time. NOTE: The above image is CGI.

KEN PFEIFER WORLD UFO PHOTOS AND NEWS

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOSANDNEWS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.KENPFEIFERDISCOVERIES.COM

THANKS TO https://www.ufoinsight.com

MANY CHILDREN OBSERVE ALEIN CRAFT LANDING IN ZIMBABWE

Featured

SEPTEMBER 16, 1994 ……RUWA ZIMBABWE

On Friday 16th September, at approximately 10:15, 62 children from Ariel School, a private primary school in Ruwa (about 20 km from Harare), were in their playing field for the mid-morning break.

Suddenly, they saw three silver balls in the sky over the school. These disappeared with a flash of light and then reappeared elsewhere.

This happened three times and then they started to move down towards the school with one of them landing (or hovering) over a section of rough ground made up of trees, thorn bushes, and some brown-grey cut grass with bamboo shoots sticking up out of the ground.

The children are not allowed in this area although it is adjacent to their playing field and is not fenced off, because of snakes, spiders and perhaps other harmful creatures. One can soon disappear from view while walking here, and there is only one very rough track used by tractors in an attempt to clear this area.

There is a line of electricity pylons and according to one boy, the object followed along this line prior to landing. There is also some controversy as to whether the object landed on the ground or hovered above it.

On Tuesday, 20th September, I went out to the school with a BBC reporter and their television equipment, as well as my son and Gunter Hofer, a young man who builds his own electrical equipment, a Geiger counter, a metal detector, and a magnetometer, to try and see if the object left any traces behind.

The headmaster of the school is Mr. Colin Mackie, who was most co-operative, and although he had never been involved with UFOs or a believer in them, said that he believed the children had seen what they said they saw.

I was able to interview about 10 or 12 older children and this was recorded for BBC television.

Zimbabwe Student Drawing

One eyewitness, Barry D., said he had seen three objects flying over, with flashing red lights. They disappeared, and reappeared almost immediately, but somewhere else. This happened about three times.

Then they came and landed near some gum trees; Barry said the main one (object) was about the size of his thumb nail held at arm’s length.

The reports were similar, although some children were more observant than others.

The consensus of opinion was that an object came down in the area where they indicated, about 100 metres from where they were at the edge of the school playing field.

Then a small man (approx 1 metre in height) appeared on top of the object. He walked a little way across the rough ground, became aware of the children and disappeared.

He, or someone very like him, then reappeared at the back of the object.

The object took off very rapidly and disappeared. The little man was dressed in a tight-fitting black suit which was ‘shiny’ according to one observant girl (11 years of age). He had a long scrawny neck and huge eyes like rugby balls. He had a pale face with long black hair coming below his shoulders.

I had suggested to Mr. Mackie prior to visiting the school and before the children had been interviewed, that he let the children draw what they had seen and he now has about 30-40 drawings, some of which are very explicit and clear, although some are rather vague.

The childrens’ ages vary from 5/6 to 12 years. I have 22 photocopies of the clearer drawings as Mr. Mackie kindly allowed me to page through the pictures and choose those I wanted.

Most of the descriptions are similar but some of the craft are very obviously ‘flying saucers’, and I wonder how many of these children have had access to the media. Others are crude but more or less in this saucer shape.

Zimbabwe Student Drawing

The children vary in cultures: there are black, white, coloured and Asian children. One little girl said to me, ‘I swear by every hair on my head and the whole Bible that I am telling the truth.’

I could see the pleasure on her face when I told her that I believed her. The smaller children from 5-7 years were very frightened at the time and ran shouting ‘Help me, help me.’

When the older children asked why they were saying this, the reply was, ‘He is coming to eat us.’ I should think this applied more to the black African children who have legends of tokoloshies eating children.

Their teachers were in a meeting and did not come out. When I queried the headmaster about this he said the children always shouted and yelled during their playtime and no one thought there was anything unusual going on. The only other adult available at the time was one of the mothers who was running the tuckshop.

When the children came to call her, she did not believe them and would not come out: she was not prepared to leave the tuckshop with all the food and money.

Gunter and the men thoroughly examined the ground around where the children had seen the object, but could get no reaction on the geiger counter or any other equipment. If the object was hovering perhaps nothing would show.

Zimbabwe Student Drawing

I walked, on my own, along the electricity pylons for quite a away, caught up in thorn bushes, trampling blithely over snake holes and discarding all caution. I found no place where some object could have landed and pressed down the foliage. In fact, I should think the bamboo stumps would have been a deterrent. The day was hot, around 33 C (91F)…

Dr John Mack was visiting Zimbabwe at the time of the event, and he spent two days at Ariel School with the children. He also spoke to the Headmaster, Colin Mackie, the teachers and some of the parents. John and his fellow researcher, Dominique Callimanopulos, were able to get through to the parents and teachers and convince them that even if they did not believe the children, it was counter-productive to accuse them of lying. Listen and think about what they were saying, he advised. NOTE: The above image is CGI.

KEN PFEIFER WORLD UFO PHOTOS AND NEWS

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.WORLDUFOPHOTOSANDNEWS.ORG

HTTP://WWW.KENPFEIFERDISCOVERIES.COM

HTTP://WWW.UFOCASEBOOK.COM

POLICEMAN’S CLOSE ENCOUNTER IN TRUMBULL COUNTY OHIO

Featured

DECEMBER 14, 1994 ……..TRUMBULL COUNTY OHIO

A series of unusual events unfolded on December 14, 1994, in Trumbull County, Ohio.

Just after midnight on a late Fall night, a series of calls was received by 911 operators. These reports all involved one thing- reports of low-flying UFOs. The majority of these calls were heard by dispatcher Roy Anne Rudolph.

Reports mostly related a fairly fast moving, unknown object / lights that seemed to be desce